Number | Description | Version implemented | ||||||||||
1 | online help | 1.0.1 | ||||||||||
4 | improve Import error messages | 1.0.2 | ||||||||||
6 | add field for Canadian provinces | 1.0.4 | ||||||||||
10 | tab between log fields | 1.0.5 | ||||||||||
11 | progress report (text file) | 1.0.6 | ||||||||||
2 | progress summary (on-screen) | 1.0.6 | ||||||||||
12 | ARRL DXCC submission report (text file) | 1.0.6 | ||||||||||
5 | improve Import performance | 1.0.6 | ||||||||||
13 | ability to configure printer (orientation, paper size, etc.) | 1.0.6 | ||||||||||
14 | save printer name between sessions | 1.0.8 | ||||||||||
9 | ability to print QSL labels | 1.1.0 | ||||||||||
15 | log report (text file) | 1.1.0 | ||||||||||
16 | optional confirmation of QSO deletion | 1.1.0 | ||||||||||
3 | identify QSOs whose confirmation is required by specified DXing objectives and queue those QSOs for QSL printing | 1.1.1 | ||||||||||
18 | SpotCollector support | 1.1.3 | ||||||||||
19 | QSO Capture window | 1.1.4 | ||||||||||
20 | ability to lookup DXCC prefixes and country codes without requiring the presence of DXView | 1.1.5 | ||||||||||
21 | improved importing of Logger Name fields containing miscellaneous information | 1.1.7 | ||||||||||
22 | ability to generate a detailed progress report | 1.1.7 | ||||||||||
23 | clearing QSO Capture window fields should leave focus in callsign textbox | 1.1.8 | ||||||||||
24 | add QSO Capture window Start button to designate QSO start time | 1.1.9 | ||||||||||
17 | disentangle serial numbers from RST reports when importing from MMTTY | 1.1.9 | ||||||||||
25 | optional ability of QSO Capture window Lookup button to filter log for previous QSOs with captured Callsign | 1.2.0 | ||||||||||
26 | expand UTC filter range settings to include start and end date | 1.2.3 | ||||||||||
27 | if an existing file is designated as the recipient of exported records, allow the user to choose whether the file's current contents should be cleared before exported records are added | 1.2.4 | ||||||||||
28 | accept callsign from DXView | 1.2.5 | ||||||||||
30 | Award Objectives controls SpotCollector "needed" coloring | 1.2.7 | ||||||||||
32 | clicking CTRL<enter> in any Capture Window item is equivalent to clicking the Capture Window's Log button | 1.2.7 | ||||||||||
34 | improved error instrumentation | 1.2.8 | ||||||||||
35 | SpotCollector support | 1.2.8 | ||||||||||
37 | use PageUp and PageDown keys for database navigation | 1.3.1 | ||||||||||
40 | Pathfinder interoperation | 1.3.1 | ||||||||||
42 | ability to stop "Add to QSL Queue" operations before the entire log has been searched | 1.3.3 | ||||||||||
43 | high-resolution printing of QSL cards | 1.3.3 | ||||||||||
44 | print preview for QSL cards | 1.3.3 | ||||||||||
45 | one-button verification of QSOs approved by the DXCC desk | 1.3.4 | ||||||||||
46 | ability to clear the text boxes on the Configuration window's QSL Cards tab | 1.3.5 | ||||||||||
47 | ability to navigate among Capture window fields with keyboard commands | 1.3.6 | ||||||||||
48 | striking Enter after specifying a callsign (in either the main or Capture windows) places that callsign in SpotCollector's Spot Callsign field (SpotCollector 1.1.2 or later) | 1.3.6 | ||||||||||
49 | support for multiple QTHs when printing QSL cards | 1.3.6 | ||||||||||
50 | setting "QSL rcvd" to "R" results in generated card printing "please" | 1.3.8 | ||||||||||
51 | ARRL submission report includes 12m and 17m QSOs | 1.3.9 | ||||||||||
52 | optionally disable automatic setting of QSO start and end dates to facilitate manual entry of completed QSO data | 1.4.1 | ||||||||||
53 | enable filtering via SQL (structured query language) expressions | 1.4.1 | ||||||||||
54 | assume DXCC as the default award objective when generating needed QSL cards and labels | 1.4.2 | ||||||||||
56 | additional modes: SSTV, Hell, MT63, MFSK, Throb | 1.4.7 | ||||||||||
57 | ability to specify a default QSL msg | 1.4.7 | ||||||||||
58 | improved handling when TX# and RX# fields contain alphanumeric values | 1.4.8 | ||||||||||
59 | Call and DXCC filters accept * as a wildcard character | 1.4.8 | ||||||||||
60 | ability to delete all QSOs in the Log Page | 1.5.0 | ||||||||||
61 | Log Page sorting using QSL (structured query language) ORDER BY syntax | 1.5.0 | ||||||||||
33 | fill in QSO information from Callbook CD | 1.5.1 | ||||||||||
62 | DXCC entity name appears in QSO panel caption | 1.5.1 | ||||||||||
63 | Ability to create log file backups | 1.5.1 | ||||||||||
66 | when printing QSL cards or labels, print the band if the frequency is missing | 1.5.5 | ||||||||||
67 | expand width of Mode field from 4 to 6 for newly-created logs | 1.5.6 | ||||||||||
68 | option to substitute default operator callsign for missing operator callsigns in imported records | 1.5.6 | ||||||||||
69 | option to not print the operator callsign on QSL cards (so that cards may be pre-printed with this information) | 1.5.7 | ||||||||||
70 | double-clicking on a SpotCollector database entry clears the Capture window, sets the Capture window's callsign, frequency, and mode text boxes, and queries the RAC (if installed) for additional information | 1.5.7 | ||||||||||
71 | if the "Automatically Set Date and Time" box is not checked, double-clicking the End field sets the End field to the contents of the Begin field | 1.5.8 | ||||||||||
72 | the "Display seconds in date/time fields" checkbox determines whether seconds are displayed in Begin and End fields | 1.5.8 | ||||||||||
77 | support for DDE test and shutdown messages | 1.5.8 | ||||||||||
29 | export to eQSL.cc | 1.6.1 | ||||||||||
78 | automated upload to eQSL.cc | 1.6.1 | ||||||||||
79 | include ADIF ProgramID tag in exported file | 1.6.2 | ||||||||||
73 | option to export QSL information in ADIF format: callsign, date, time, frequency, mode, RST, QSL-via | 1.6.3 | ||||||||||
80 | display dates using the locale's standard format | 1.6.3 | ||||||||||
82 | enable the QSL_Sent field of a group of records to be set to 'R' (unless already set to 'Y') | 1.6.3 | ||||||||||
83 | if the main window is minimized when a "lookup previous QSOs" operation is initiated either from the Capture window or via DDE (e.g. by double-clicking on a SpotCollector entry), the lookup will be performed but the main window will remain minimized | 1.6.3 | ||||||||||
84 | provide the option to automatically check the Capture window's QSL Request box when a callsign is first entered | 1.6.3 | ||||||||||
85 | if an imported ADIF record is missing a BAND field, the BAND field is computed from the FREQ field (if present) | 1.6.3 | ||||||||||
86 | support for DDE "new callsign, frequency, and mode" message (from SpotCollector 1.4.4 and later) | 1.6.5 | ||||||||||
87 | option to log import errors to a file, without limit | 1.6.5 | ||||||||||
88 | double-clicking in the QSL date sent and QSL date received fields sets the to the current date | 1.6.5 | ||||||||||
91 | provide detailed error reporting when the printer cannot be configured | 1.6.6 | ||||||||||
92 | report needed QSLs that are missing by prefix and age | 1.6.6 | ||||||||||
93 | accept PSK31 mode during import (convert to PSK) | 1.6.7 | ||||||||||
94 | flag dates before 1930 as erroneous | 1.6.8 | ||||||||||
95 | add HSCW to the mode listboxes | 1.6.8 | ||||||||||
96 | allow selection of all defined paper sizes | 1.6.8 | ||||||||||
89 | Plot button on Log QSOs panel should not clear DXView's spot display | 1.7.3 | ||||||||||
97 | expand width of County field to 30 characters in newly-created logs | 1.7.3 | ||||||||||
98 | ability to filter log display by mode | 1.7.3 | ||||||||||
99 | ability to filter log display by band | 1.7.3 | ||||||||||
100 | generate progress reports for Maidenhead grid squares and fields | 1.7.3 | ||||||||||
101 | the Capture window should indicate whether a newly-entered callsign has been previous worked, and should provide a means of rapidly displaying previous QSOs | 1.7.4 | ||||||||||
64 | add an Address field | 1.7.5 | ||||||||||
102 | provide a means to display or hide log panes from the log window | 1.7.5 | ||||||||||
90 | ability to specify log page display font parameters | 1.7.6 | ||||||||||
103 | populate the address field from the Radio Amateur's Callbook (if present) | 1.7.6 | ||||||||||
104 | Progress summary and report computes ARRL Challenge totals | 1.7.6 | ||||||||||
105 | Remember adjustments to log layout grid widths between sessions | 1.7.6 | ||||||||||
74 | ability to specify whether individual log page display fields are left-aligned or right-aligned | 1.8.0 | ||||||||||
55 | documentation for SQL filtering: legal field values, common operators, typical examples, URL to SQL reference | 1.8.1 | ||||||||||
106 | Added modes PAC, Pkt, and Tor | 1.8.1 | ||||||||||
107 | Hell, MFSK, MT63, Pac, Pkt, PSK, THROB, and TOR QSOs count towards RTTY awards | 1.8.1 | ||||||||||
108 | Add a note field to the Capture window | 1.8.1 | ||||||||||
65 | print envelopes or address labels from Address field contents | 1.8.2 | ||||||||||
109 | Double-clicking a QSO's address field displays an Address Editor window | 1.8.2 | ||||||||||
110 | Identify entries in the QSL queue for which addresses are not specified | 1.8.2 | ||||||||||
111 | double-clicking on main window's via field invokes Address Editor | 1.8.3 | ||||||||||
112 | double-clicking on main window's QSL Via field invokes Address Editor | 1.8.3 | ||||||||||
113 | main window's Max button is functional | 1.8.3 | ||||||||||
114 | ability to specify backup folder | 1.8.4 | ||||||||||
115 | after generating a report, display it in the default text file viewer | 1.8.4 | ||||||||||
116 | generate a Worked All States progress report | 1.8.4 | ||||||||||
117 | generate a Worked All Continents progress report | 1.8.4 | ||||||||||
118 | generate a Worked All Zones progress report | 1.8.5 | ||||||||||
119 | support ARRL verification of 30m QSOs | 1.8.5 | ||||||||||
120 | running the Worked All Zones progress report fills in missing CQ zone fields in QSO records | 1.8.5 | ||||||||||
121 | running the Worked All Continents progress report fills in missing Continent fields in QSO records | 1.8.5 | ||||||||||
122 | ability to select main page fonts and font metrics | 1.8.5 | ||||||||||
126 | enable the QSL_Rcvd field of a group of records to be set to 'R' (unless already set to 'Y' or 'V') | 1.8.6 | ||||||||||
128 | allow specification of the first label present on the first page of labels | 1.8.6 | ||||||||||
127 | Capture window tracks data in WinWarbler's QSL Info panel (WinWarbler 2.4.2 or later) | 1.8.7 | ||||||||||
129 | permits RAC queries via DDE | 1.8.7 | ||||||||||
130 | add Address Editor buttons that query the RAC for the callsign and manager | 1.8.9 | ||||||||||
131 | restore or minimize main window on command from other DXLab applications | 1.8.9 | ||||||||||
123 | generate an IOTA progress report | 1.9.0 | ||||||||||
124 | obtain IOTA info from DXView for DXCC entities that are islands | 1.9.0 | ||||||||||
132 | supply GridSquare (when available) to DXView for more accurate positioning | 1.9.0 | ||||||||||
133 | allow other DXLab applications to reset the Capture window | 1.9.1 | ||||||||||
134 | Ctrl-RAC clears main window's name, QTH, and address fields before querying the callbook | 1.9.3 | ||||||||||
135 | Ctrl-Lookup clears the Capture window's name, QTH, and address fields before querying the callbook | 1.9.3 | ||||||||||
137 | notify DXView when a Recompute is in progress so that progress-plotting can be inhibited during this interval | 1.9.4 | ||||||||||
138 | <via> QSL substitution command allows a manager callsign to be printed on a QSL card | 1.9.4 | ||||||||||
139 | callbook searches that are unsuccessful because the callsign is not found in the callbook no longer pop up a message box displaying this information | 1.9.5 | ||||||||||
141 | automatically shift the Via field to upper case | 1.9.5 | ||||||||||
147 | Controls on Main and Capture windows are available via DDE | 1.9.5 | ||||||||||
148 | Inform the DXLab Launcher (version 1.0.6 or later) when the main window's windowstate (normal, miminized, or maximized) changes | 1.9.8 | ||||||||||
149 | provide support for the HamCall Callbook | 1.9.8 | ||||||||||
150 | provide support for the QRZ Callbook | 1.9.8 | ||||||||||
151 | update DXView with Log Filter expression whenever it changes | 1.9.8 | ||||||||||
153 | Capture window's QSL Requested checkbox should follow changes in WinWarbler's QSL Requested checkbox (WinWarbler 2.5.3 or later) | 2.0.0 | ||||||||||
155 | when directed by another DXLab application to minimize all windows, remember whether the Capture window was visible and if so, restore it when later directed to restore the Main window | 2.0.0 | ||||||||||
156 | the Capture window's Clear button will also clear the Log Filter | 2.0.0 | ||||||||||
160 | capitalize characters entered into the address editor's Callsign and Manager boxes | 2.0.1 | ||||||||||
165 | ensure that the Advanced Sorts and Filters window opens on-screen, rather than minimized | 2.0.1 | ||||||||||
166 | if a Capture field's data exceeds the specified maximum length, depict its label font in red and refuse to log the QSO | 2.0.1 | ||||||||||
167 | if a Default value in the Config window's General panel exceeds the specified maximum length, depict its label font in red | 2.0.1 | ||||||||||
168 | <iota> substitution command produces only the IOTA reference (the word IOTA is no longer generated) | 2.0.1 | ||||||||||
169 | when directed to clear the Capture window by another application, clear the Log filter | 2.0.1 | ||||||||||
170 | enable other DXLab applications to filter the Log Display | 2.0.2 | ||||||||||
171 | the Capture window's QSL Via and Notes fields track equivalent fields in WinWarbler's QSO Info panel (WinWarbler 2.5.6 or later) | 2.0.2 | ||||||||||
142 | add a "street address" field to the myQTHs tab and provide a <streetaddress> substitution command that positions the street address on printed QSL cards | 2.0.4 | ||||||||||
167 | add a "postal code" field to the myQTHs tab and provide a <postalcode> substitution command that positions the postal code on printed QSL cards | 2.0.4 | ||||||||||
168 | process substitution commands in an envelope's return address specification | 2.0.4 | ||||||||||
163 | provided for a default myQTHID | 2.0.5 | ||||||||||
164 | when given ADIF data by another application, fill in the Power, Operator, myQTHID and QSL Msg fields with specified default values if they are missing | 2.0.5 | ||||||||||
166 | County award tracking | 2.0.5 | ||||||||||
169 | if a report is initiated with the Log Filtered, notify the user and provide the option of clearing the Log Filter befroe executing the report | 2.0.5 | ||||||||||
136 | automatically recalculate award progress for the affected DXCC
entity when
|
2.0.6 | ||||||||||
189 | improvements to County report: number each line, provide summary of counties worked and confirmed, strip State abbreviation from County name (if present) | 2.0.6 | ||||||||||
190 | label the check boxes in the upper right corner of the Main window's Log panel | 2.0.7 | ||||||||||
176 | when looking up a callsign via DXView, supply the DXCC Prefix so that DXView (1.6.8 or later) can use this to determine the DXCC entity rather than perform a callsign lookup | 2.0.7 | ||||||||||
177 | automatically recalculate award progress for the affected DXCC
entity when
|
2.0.7 | ||||||||||
174 | Increase the widths of the Mode, County, Notes, QSL_Msg, myQTHID, and Contest_ID fields | 2.0.8 | ||||||||||
178 | strip any trailing CR-LF from the end of Commander's DDE Mode link so that alternate implementations of Commander written in Borland Delphi can provide a mode to DXKeeper | 2.0.8 | ||||||||||
179 | improve performance of Log, QSL Aging, and ARRL Submission reports | 2.0.8 | ||||||||||
180 | add progress indicators to Log, QSL Aging, and ARRL Submission, Maidenhead Field, Maidenhead Grid, IOTA, WAC, WAS, QAZ, and County reports | 2.0.8 | ||||||||||
181 | Editor for Capture notes, Main notes, Main QSLMsg and Setup QSLMsg fields | 2.0.8 | ||||||||||
182 | when filtering or un-filtering the Log Page Display, the currently-selected QSO remains selected after the operation (if it is present in the Log Page Display) | 2.0.9 | ||||||||||
183 | double-clicking on an entry in the Log Page Display filters the Log Page Display for QSOs with that entries callsign | 2.0.9 | ||||||||||
184 | double-clicking on an entry in the Log Page Display filters the Log Page Display for QSOs with that entries DXCC entity | 2.0.9 | ||||||||||
185 | flag myQTH fields that are too long, and prevent records containing such fields from being saved | 2.1.1 | ||||||||||
170 | Ability to set a specified field of all QSOs in the Log Page Display to a specified value | 2.1.2 | ||||||||||
187 | After an operation that modifies multiple QSOs, restore the filter and selection the their value before the operation | 2.1.3 | ||||||||||
152 | ability to log a QSO and upload it to eQSL.cc with one gesture | 2.1.5 | ||||||||||
188 | Expand Broke filter to report QSOs with empty Call, Band, Mode, DXCCID (country code), QSO_Begin, and/or Operator fields | 2.1.5 | ||||||||||
173 | Instead of requiring myQTHIDs to be identical for QSOs to be confirmed on the same QSL card or label, require that all of the City, County, State, Country, and PostalCode myQTH fields be identical, thus allowing QSOs from the same location to be confirmed on the same QSL card even though their myQTHIDs are different | 2.1.5 | ||||||||||
192 | Accept command from other applications to log a QSO and upload it to eQSL.cc | 2.1.6 | ||||||||||
7 | allow user-specified modes | 2.1.8 | ||||||||||
194 | Support
modes specified by ADIF 2.X
|
2.1.8 | ||||||||||
146 | Allow specification of QSL label row height and QSL label width in either inches or millimeters | 2.1.9 | ||||||||||
175 | expand DXCC progress report to report DXCC entities worked but unconfirmed, indicating whether or not a QSL request has been sent | 2.1.9 | ||||||||||
193 | Optionally show card separation lines on printed QSL card pages | 2.2.0 | ||||||||||
195 | Allow specification of envelope label row height and envelope label width in either inches or millimeters | 2.2.0 | ||||||||||
197 | Add
settings to the Config window's Envelopes tab
|
2.2.0 | ||||||||||
199 | include 30m confirmed QSOs in DXCC Challenge total | 2.2.2 | ||||||||||
200 | expand card separation lines on QSL card pages | 2.2.2 | ||||||||||
203 | when deleting a QSO, changing a QSOs DXCC prefix, band, or mode, or demoting a QSO's QSL Received status, don't recompute progress for the affected DXCC entity if the change can't negatively impact overall progress | 2.2.5 | ||||||||||
204 | Automatic recomputation window displays a progress bar | 2.2.5 | ||||||||||
209 | provide ability to set or clear all QSL queue enable checkboxes | 2.2.7 | ||||||||||
210 | provide the ability to upload to eQSL.cc without updating the QSO's QSL Sent and QSL Sent Date fields | 2.2.7 | ||||||||||
211 | provide the option for all QSOs logged via the Capture window to be uploaded to eQSL.cc | 2.2.7 | ||||||||||
215 | If run-mode is enabled, placing the mouse cursor in the Capture window's RST sent or rcvd fields will select field's current contents | 2.2.7 | ||||||||||
216 | depressing the Shift key while striking the <enter> key in the Capture window's Call textbox clears the name, QTH, state, county, and grid fields before querying the callbook | 2.3.0 | ||||||||||
217 | provide the option to record the default myQTH ID with each imported QSO | 2.3.1 | ||||||||||
218 | provide a report that contains the contents of the DXCC summary grid | 2.3.1 | ||||||||||
212 | add SAT_MODE and SAT_NAME fields, and default settings | 2.3.2 | ||||||||||
219 | provide the option to force no more than one confirmed QSO per QSL card or label | 2.3.2 | ||||||||||
221 | optionally disable the "send this QSL card to the DXCC desk" reminder | 2.3.3 | ||||||||||
222 | allow multiple QSL Messages to be defined, permit one of these to be selected as the current default, and allow an alternative QSL Message to be selected from the Capture window | 2.3.3 | ||||||||||
158 | when looking up previous QSOs with a station, remove any / designators (e.g. KH0/ or /QRP) before performing the lookup so that all previous QSOs with the "base callsign" are shown | 2.3.4 | ||||||||||
159 | when looking up previous QSOs with a station, show QSOs with that station operating from other locations or with /QRP. /MM, /P or similar designators. | 2.3.4 | ||||||||||
223 | automatically clear the Log Page filter on starting an Import operation | 2.3.4 | ||||||||||
208 | Permit automatic progress recomputation to be disabled | 2.3.5 | ||||||||||
224 | enable the Main window's QSL msg field control to choose a predefined QSL msg | 2.3.5 | ||||||||||
225 | enable the Capture window's QSL msg field accept arbitrary QSL messages | 2.3.5 | ||||||||||
157 |
track progress for each band by mode
|
2.3.6 (and DXView 1.7.3 or later) |
||||||||||
226 |
Provide navigation among the Log Page display, Progress table, and Progress Details display |
2.3.6 | ||||||||||
227 | if the Call filter is invoked on a Callsign containing no wildcards (e.g. *), show QSOs with that station operating from other locations or with /QRP. /MM, /P or similar designators. | 2.3.7 | ||||||||||
228 | if a log requires updating, offer to make a backup beforehand | 2.3.7 | ||||||||||
229 | color-code entries in the Progress Details grid | 2.3.8 | ||||||||||
230 | handle imported County fields that are missing state designators if the State field is present | 2.3.8 | ||||||||||
231 | replace tabs and multiple spaces within QTH or County fields with a single space | 2.3.8 | ||||||||||
232 | provide a WPX progress report | 2.3.8 | ||||||||||
165 | ability to generate a Spot from the Capture window | 2.3.9 | ||||||||||
233 | add mode totals to the WPX progress report | 2.3.9 | ||||||||||
234 | add Cabrillo export | 2.3.9 | ||||||||||
235 | when a QSO is selected in the Log Page display, update the Check Progress tab's Award Progress and Progress Details grid to show award status for the QSO's DXCC entity | 2.4.1 | ||||||||||
236 | when the Capture window Lookup operation is invoked, update the Check Progress tab's Award Progress and Progress Details grid to show award status for the callsign's DXCC entity | 2.4.1 | ||||||||||
237 | when directed by the DXLab Launcher, reset all windows to the primary monitor | 2.4.1 (and DXLab Launcher 1.1.4 or later) | ||||||||||
238 | provide keyboard shortcuts for navigating among fields on the Main window's Log QSOs tab | 2.4.5 | ||||||||||
239 | provide additional automation for manual entry of completed QSOs via the Main window's Log QSOs tab | 2.4.5 | ||||||||||
240 | striking the up or down arrow keys in the Main window's QSO begin or QSO end fields adjusts the date and time by 1 minute, 10 minutes, 1 hour, or 1 day as a depending on whether the Ctrl, Alt, or Shift keys were depressed | 2.4.5 | ||||||||||
245 | apply first-letter capitalization to all-low-case words in the Name and QTH fields | 2.4.6 | ||||||||||
247 | provide an import option that when activated examines 2-character QTH fields and if appropriate copies them into STATE or PROVINCE fields (verify that DXCC entity is K or VE, and that abbreviation in QTH is a valid state or province) | 2.4.6 | ||||||||||
197 | Provide "Label ID" textboxes for wide and narrow QSL and Address labels | 2.4.7 | ||||||||||
198 | when performing a Callbook lookup, remove any / designators (e.g. KH0/ or /QRP) before performing the lookup | 2.4.7 | ||||||||||
201 | Notify the user when a callbook search fails | 2.4.7 | ||||||||||
249 | optionally flags callsigns not containing at least one number and at least one letter as invalid | 2.5.0 | ||||||||||
250 | optionally sets QSOs with invalid callsigns to Broken during the Recompute function | 2.5.0 | ||||||||||
251 | Add PSK63 to the Advanced window's Mode filter | 2.5.0 | ||||||||||
252 | When printing 2-column (wide) QSL or Address labels, print only 1 column per page if the column 2 offset is set to 0 | 2.5.0 | ||||||||||
253 | When printing 3-column (narrow) QSL or Address labels, print only 1 column per page if the column 2 offset is set to 0, or 2 columns per page if the column 3 offset is set to 0 | 2.5.0 | ||||||||||
254 | use ALT keys for Main window and Capture window navigation shortcuts, thereby allowing the use of clipboard cut, copy, and paste operations | 2.5.0 | ||||||||||
255 | make notification of Callbook lookup failures an option | 2.5.0 | ||||||||||
256 | add "Export ADIF for LOTW" option to the Main window's Export tab that maps modes to those accepted by LOTW | 2.5.0 | ||||||||||
257 | provide a "QSL via ADIF" option on the Main window's QSL table that generates an ADIF file containing modes mapped to those accepted by LOTW | 2.5.0 | ||||||||||
258 | don't map PSK63 to PSK31 in "Export ADIF for LOTW", now that LOTW accepts PSK63; unmap PSK125 as well on the assumption that this will be accepted | 2.5.1 | ||||||||||
259 | remove leading and trailing blanks from exported ADIF frequencies | 2.5.1 | ||||||||||
248 | allow window positions on secondary monitors to be stored between sessions | 2.5.2 | ||||||||||
249 | increase performance of automatic progress recomputation when DXView and/or SpotCollector are running | 2.5.2 | ||||||||||
154 | fill in DXCC prefix, DXCC ID, name, QTH, QSL_via, address,state, province, grid, IOTA, CQ, ITU, and Cont fields from information in previous QSOs, giving this information priority over information obtained via Callbook or DXCC database lookup | 2.5.4 | ||||||||||
263 | provide IOTA and QSL_via to applications requesting a Callbook Search via DDE (e.g. WinWarbler) | 2.5.4 | ||||||||||
202 | provide the option to highlight QSOs in the Log Page Display whose callsign, band, and mode match those in the Capture window | 2.5.7 | ||||||||||
265 | only map ASCI to DATA in "Export ADIF for LOTW", now that the rest of the ADIF 2 mode enumeration is supported by LOTW | 2.5.7 | ||||||||||
266 | provide
a Contest tab on the Configuration window that
|
2.5.7 | ||||||||||
267 | When Contest-mode is enabled, filtering the Log Page Display to show previous QSOs only shows those QSOs in the current contest | 2.5.7 | ||||||||||
268 | configure Import results textbox to serve as an OLE source so that results can easily be copied | 2.5.8 | ||||||||||
269 | record DDE import errors in Errorlog.txt if "Log Debugging Info" box is checked | 2.6.0 | ||||||||||
270 | on receipt of a DDE Log or eQSLLog command, capture the record to be logged and complete the DDE transaction; perform the logging operation on a separate thread | 2.6.1 | ||||||||||
271 | on receipt of a DDE "Clear Capture" command, reset the LastQSO information | 2.6.2 | ||||||||||
272 | when performing a Previous QSO search for external applications, make the number of previous QSOs available via DDE | 2.6.5 | ||||||||||
273 | 60m
support
|
2.6.5 | ||||||||||
274 | entering a received signal report in the Capture window sets the QSO begin time | 2.6.6 | ||||||||||
275 | striking Alt-B in any Capture window field sets the QSO begin time | 2.6.6 | ||||||||||
276 | re-implement previous QSO and callbook lookup for external clients so that the client doesn't wait | 2.6.6 | ||||||||||
277 | provide the ability to filter the Award Progress panel by band/mode, status, and deleted/undeleted | 2.6.7 | ||||||||||
279 | enable SpotCollector (2.0.4 or later) to direct DXView to rotate the antenna to the computed short-path or long-path bearing | 2.6.9 | ||||||||||
280 | provide the ability to optionally disable "entering a received signal report in the Capture window sets the QSO begin time" | 2.7.0 | ||||||||||
282 | when searching for previous QSOs, only the Name and Address fields are updated from QSOs that don't exactly match search callsign (but do match the search callsign's base callsign) | 2.7.1 | ||||||||||
283 | if searching the callbook for a callsign fails and the callsign's base callsign is not identical to the callsign, perform a second callbook search on the base callsign; if this second search succeeds, update the Name and Address fields | 2.7.1 | ||||||||||
284 | improve contesting and Cabrillo support | 2.7.2 | ||||||||||
179 | If a Capture field caption is rendered in red when a Capture Log is attempted, begin blinking the red captions until the Capture fields are successfully saved or cleared | 2.7.4 | ||||||||||
285 | add Capture fields for transmit power, CQ zone, and ITU zone | 2.7.4 | ||||||||||
140 | display the QSL manager on 2-column QSL labels (the contents of the via field if its a single word containing both letters and digits but no symbols other than /) | 2.7.5 | ||||||||||
286 | if an error occurs, the title bar should continue to display the number of QSOs visible in the Log Page Display | 2.7.5 | ||||||||||
287 | CTRL-A in any Main window or Capture window field selects the contents of that field | 2.7.5 | ||||||||||
289 | VUCC progress and submission reports | 2.7.5 | ||||||||||
290 | add 1.25m to the Band pull-down control | 2.7.6 | ||||||||||
292 | ability to control fonts used in QSL cards | 2.8.1 | ||||||||||
294 | force characters keyed into the WPX field to upper case | 2.8.2 | ||||||||||
304 | option to force English month abbreviations in dates within generated reports | 2.8.3 | ||||||||||
305 | option to use ISO 8601 format for dates within generated reports | 2.8.3 | ||||||||||
307 | on import, convert USB and LSB to SSB | 2.8.3 | ||||||||||
308 | striking the Tab key in either the Main window's Call field or the Capture window's Call field is equivalent to striking the Enter key | 2.8.3 | ||||||||||
309 | QSOs with begin dates prior to 1930 are reported by the Broken filter | 2.8.3 | ||||||||||
310 | attempted to delete more than 5 QSOs in a single operation (CTRL-Delete) will disable automatic recomputation during the operation and notify the operator to execute a Recompute | 2.8.3 | ||||||||||
311 | QSOs whose callsigns contain the Ø character will be flagged as erroneous during save or import operations, and by the Broken filter | 2.8.3 | ||||||||||
313 | Main window Save button renamed Log for consistency | 2.8.3 | ||||||||||
314 | Capture window Start button renamed Begin for consistency | 2.8.3 | ||||||||||
315 | Uses English months in dates on QSL cards and labels, independent of PC locale | 2.8.3 | ||||||||||
319 | ability to import ADIF files exported by DXBase | 2.8.4 | ||||||||||
241 | print preview for QSL labels | 2.8.6 | ||||||||||
293 | ability to control fonts used in QSL labels | 2.8.6 | ||||||||||
326 | create a separate QSL Configuration window for QSL settings | 2.8.6 | ||||||||||
317 | exclamation point in first character of callsign denotes a non-contact (for logging CQs, unanswered calls, tests, etc); such entries are not counted towards award progress nor exported | 2.8.7 | ||||||||||
327 | add support for 2190M, 4M, 13CM, 9CM, 6CM, 1.25CM, 6MM, 2.5MM, 2MM, 1MM, and SUBMM bands | 2.8.7 | ||||||||||
328 | improved
support for satellite QSOs
|
2.8.8 | ||||||||||
330 | Broke filter detects QSOs with satellite name but propagation mode not set to SAT | 2.8.9 | ||||||||||
336 | Import file selector shows files with .txt extension as well as .adi | 2.9.0 | ||||||||||
322 | the DXCC filter should accept a full callsign and show all QSO's with that callsign's DXCC entity | 2.9.1 | ||||||||||
334 | add a DXCC entity selector containing the names of all 393 valid DXCC entities to the Aux window | 2.9.1 | ||||||||||
338 | when the mouse hovers over the Log Page Display's DXCC prefix or country code columns, pop up the DXCC entity name | 2.9.1 | ||||||||||
342 | when a duplicate QSO is detected during import, display its ADIF fields in the import error textbox and file | 2.9.2 | ||||||||||
343 | if in the Config window's Contest tab, Contest-mode is enabled but the ContestID setting is empty, then filtering the Log Page Display for previous QSOs independent of the contest in which they were worked | 2.9.2 | ||||||||||
344 | information contained in imported <REMARK> tags (exported by LogWindows) is appended to the notes field | 2.9.2 | ||||||||||
345 | imported Prop_Mode information that exceeds the field-width (8) is appended to the Comment | 2.9.2 | ||||||||||
260 | provide an operation that performs a callbook lookup on every QSO visible on the Log Page, providing an address if one is not already present | 2.9.3 | ||||||||||
341 | set maritime mobiles and aeronautical mobiles to an empty DXCC Prefix and country code 0; update award tracking and reports to include or exclude mobiles as appropriate, and adjust the Broken filter to ignore QSOs with a missing DXCC Prefix | 2.9.3 | ||||||||||
347 | handles SpotCollector 1.1.2 (or later) Log Filter directives: show previous QSOs with the DX station's base callsign, or show previous QSOs with the DX station's DXCC entity | 2.9.4 | ||||||||||
348 | RST_Sent and RST_Fields automatically upper-case any characters (Main window, Capture window) | 2.9.4 | ||||||||||
339 |
once the Capture window's Begin button is clicked, don't allow QSO information in the Capture window to be overwritten by a double-click on a Spot Database entry without giving the user the choice of first logging the Capture window QSO information or discarding the overwrite:
|
2.9.5 | ||||||||||
81 | means of separate tracking the sending and receiving of QSLs conveyed by QSL cards, eQSL.cc, and Logbook of the World (LotW) | 2.9.7 | ||||||||||
206 | Replace QSL database with a QSL table in each Log file | 2.9.7 | ||||||||||
352 | move the "DXCC Submission Reminder" and "Default myQTH ID" settings from the Config window's General tab to its Log tab, and store these settings in each log file rather than in the Windows registry | 2.9.7 | ||||||||||
353 | provide an RR button in the Main window's QSO panel that sets both QSL_Sent and QSL_Rcvd to 'R' | 2.9.7 | ||||||||||
354 | checking the Capture window's QSL Requested box will set both QSL_Sent and QSL_Rcvd to 'R' | 2.9.7 | ||||||||||
356 | Ctrl-double-clicking an entry in the QSL queue selects and displays the associated QSO in the Log Page Display | 2.9.7 | ||||||||||
363 | provide a DXCC report that shows confirmations by QSL cards, eQSL.cc, LotW, and the combination of QSL cards and LotW | 2.9.7 | ||||||||||
357 | when inspecting LotW QSLs, ignore data mismatches due to leading zeros in CQ or ITU fields | 2.9.8 | ||||||||||
358 | ability to terminate an in-progress inspections of eQSLs, LotW QSOs, or LotW QSLs | 2.9.8 | ||||||||||
359 | capitalize any gridsquare, IOTA tag, or state data obtained from LotW and used to update a logged QSO | 2.9.9 | ||||||||||
360 | With "Optimize for Realtime entry" unchecked, the Main window's New button should set the RST sent and rcvd fields to 59 or 599 if these fields of the current QSO are unspecified | 2.9.9 | ||||||||||
361 | With "Optimize for Realtime entry" unchecked, setting QSL_Rcvd to 'Y' will not automatically set QSL_DateRcvd to the current date | 2.9.9 | ||||||||||
362 | include LotW confirmation in the following reports: DXCC Summary, DXCC Progress, DXCC Submission, VUCC Progress, VUCC Submission, WAC, and WAS | 2.9.9 | ||||||||||
364 | provide the option to restrict the downloading of LotW QSOs and QSLs to those matching a specified operator callsign; store this setting in each log | 2.9.9 | ||||||||||
365 | provide the option to report downloaded LotW QSLs that don't match any QSO in the current log as errors; store this setting in each log | 2.9.9 | ||||||||||
366 | provide the option to consider a downloaded LotW QSL to match a logged QSO if the callsign, date/time, band, and mode are match without requiring the operator callsign to also match; store this setting in each log | 2.9.9 | ||||||||||
367 | provide an LotW filter that displays all QSOs whose LotW field is set to U | 3.0.0 | ||||||||||
368 | provide an SQL filter button on the Main window's Filter panel that invokes the first SQL search on the Advance window's SQL Query Filters panel | 3.0.0 | ||||||||||
369 | make it clear that its the LotW web account password that is required | 3.0.1 | ||||||||||
374 | accept a DXCC prefix from SpotCollector and initialize the Capture window with it | 3.0.1 | ||||||||||
375 | add an Export ADIF for eQSL.cc option | 3.0.1 | ||||||||||
376 | if Clear QSL Queue is unable to match a QSL entry with a logged QSO, notify the user so an Recompute can be performed to restore the Progress Table to consistency | 3.0.2 | ||||||||||
377 | Accept optional DXCC prefix via DDE "new callsign" directive | 3.0.2 | ||||||||||
378 | optionally set eQSL Sent and/or LotW Sent to 'R' on import | 3.0.2 | ||||||||||
379 | ensure that County field is properly formatted on export and import, inserting the State abbreviation if necessary | 3.0.2 | ||||||||||
380 | option to determine whether an outgoing card or label should set its QSL? field to "thanks!" if the QSO is already confirmed in LotW | 3.0.5 | ||||||||||
382 | offer to reset the log filter if eQSL or LotW synchronization is invoked with the log filtered | 3.0.7 | ||||||||||
383 | option for operator to manually query LotW and place the query results in a specified file (useful when your PC has no Internet connection) | 3.0.7 | ||||||||||
384 | County report detects and reports QSOs in which the state in the county field doesn't match the state field | 3.0.7 | ||||||||||
385 | provide option to enable/disable the dialog that prompts the user when an action would overwrite unsaved data in the Capture window | 3.0.9 | ||||||||||
394 | ability to prevent Add Needed from requesting confirmation for all QSOs with a station for which confirmation of one QSO is needed | 3.1.2 | ||||||||||
318 | eliminate requirement for colon separating hours and minutes in begin/end fields | 3.1.3 | ||||||||||
391 | CTRL-W in Capture window should clear all fields and set focus in the Callsign field | 3.1.3 | ||||||||||
393 | make the Sync eQSL QSLs error file more readable: show call, qso_date, time_on, band, mode,as well as header info (e.g. mycall) | 3.1.3 | ||||||||||
396 | option to prevent the upload of QSOs to eQSL.cc whose operator callsigns don't match the eQSL.cc username | 3.1.3 | ||||||||||
397 | ability to specify a time range for duplicate detection on import | 3.1.7 | ||||||||||
399 | make the Sync LotW QSOs and Sync LotW QSLs error files more readable: show call, qso_date, time_on, band, mode,as well as header info (e.g. mycall) | 3.1.7 | ||||||||||
400 | provide the option for Sync LotW QSOs to report unmatched QSOs as errors | 3.1.7 | ||||||||||
401 | when importing a QSO whose DXCC entity is Alaska or Hawaii with no STATE specified, set the STATE to AK or HI respectively | 3.1.7 | ||||||||||
402 | add DXCC entity names to the ARRL DXCC submission report | 3.1.9 | ||||||||||
300 | Ability to save and restore Log Page Display configurations to and from files | 3.2.2 | ||||||||||
405 | clicking a Log Page Display column header should sort the Log Page Display by that column | 3.2.2 | ||||||||||
406 | after entering a new callsign in the Main window, filter the Log Page Display for previous QSOs if "Display previous QSOs on Lookup" is checked | 3.2.2 | ||||||||||
407 | on import, convert modes BPSK and BPSK63 to PSK31 and PSK63 respectively | 3.2.4 | ||||||||||
408 | clicking the Callsign box in the Address editor's Callbook Lookup panel will update the Address editor's QSL Manager textbox if the Callbook yields a QSL manager | 3.2.5 | ||||||||||
409 | reduce minimum label row height from .75 inches to ,5 inches | 3.2.6 | ||||||||||
412 | double-clicking
a Main window item's caption selects that item:
Adding a new QSO automatically selects the Call item |
3.3.3 | ||||||||||
413 | Ctrl-F within any item in a panel on the Main window's Log QSOs tab will move the mouse cursor to the Filter textbox | 3.3.3 | ||||||||||
414 | Main window Alt-key shortcuts are effective from within the Filter textbox | 3.3.3 | ||||||||||
415 | Additional
Filter textbox shortcuts:
|
3.3.3 | ||||||||||
416 | Ctrl-X in the Main window's Filter textbox resets the Log page filter so that all QSOs are visible there | 3.3.4 | ||||||||||
417 |
The mouse cursor is placed in the currently-selected item when
|
3.3.4 | ||||||||||
418 | add a "QSL via tab-delimited file" option to the Main window's QSL tab | 3.3.6 | ||||||||||
421 | Duplicate checking on Import defaults to disabled | 3.3.8 | ||||||||||
426 | ability to export in tab-delimited format | 3.3.8 | ||||||||||
427 | when mouse cursor hovers above a DXCC prefix in the Award Progress table on the Main window's Check Progress tab, display a popup showing the DXCC entity name | 3.3.9 | ||||||||||
428 | add the following items to tab-delimited files generated via the main window's QSL or Export tabs: DXCC entity name, name, transmitter power, QTH, and contest identifier | 3.3.9 | ||||||||||
429 | add the following QSL substitution commands: <dxccentity>, <name>, <txpower>,<QTH>, <contestid> | 3.3.9 | ||||||||||
430 | include new version of QRZ32.dll released with volume 22 that can reference a QRZ database that has been installed on a hard drive (doesn't work; removed in 3.4.4) | 3.3.9 | ||||||||||
431 | if the Log Page Display configuration includes the country code, the Log report appends the full DXCC entity name to the country code of each QSO | 3.3.9 | ||||||||||
395 | print QSL labels at higher resolution | 3.4.0 | ||||||||||
432 | option to include eQSL.cc confirmations in DXCC award progress, and WAS/WAC reports | 3.4.2 | ||||||||||
433 | add ARRL Section item to Awards panel when DXCC country is US, HI, AK, KHn, or VE | 3.4.2 | ||||||||||
434 | hide State and Province items from Awards panel if DXCC country is not appropriately, US, HI, AK, or VE | 3.4.2 | ||||||||||
435 | when
the user strikes the Newline key in the Main or Capture
window's QTH field, the QTH field is inspected word by word
for a Grid Square or for
If unambiguous, a CQ zone and ITU zone will be derived from the State, Province, and Grid Square. Information found in or derived from the QTH field will be placed in the appropriate QSO fields, replacing any existing information in those fields. |
3.4.3 | ||||||||||
436 |
If the Recover missing information from imported QTH box is checked, each imported QSO's QTH field is inspected word by word for a Grid Square or for
If unambiguous, a CQ zone and ITU zone will be derived from the State, Province, and Grid Square. Information found in or derived from the QTH field will only be utilized if field specifications are absent from the imported QSO. |
3.4.3 | ||||||||||
438 | the Main and Capture windows determine CQ and ITU zones from their respective State, Province, and Grid fields | 3.4.3 | ||||||||||
439 | when possible, determine State and/or ARRL Section from country code | 3.4.4 | ||||||||||
440 | increase the maximum number of definable bands, revert to a DefaultBands.txt file if no Bands.txt file is present, and initialize the Main and Capture window Band controls with the bands defined in the file | 3.4.4 | ||||||||||
444 | provide a log recovery operation | 3.4.5 | ||||||||||
445 | allow the specification of Export notes for placement in the generated ADIF header | 3.4.5 | ||||||||||
448 | Depressing the CTRL key while clicking the Capture window's Spot button provides a dialog box to capture spot notes | 3.4.5 (requires SpotCollector 2.3.8 or later) | ||||||||||
455 | to improve performance, don't display the QSL Queue during an Add Needed, Add Requested, Update Log, and Clear QSL Queue operations | 3.4.8 | ||||||||||
390 | in the Main window, switch "beginning of Log Page Display" and "end of Log Page Display" to CTRL-Home and CTRL-End; use Home and End for "beginning of field" and "end of field" | 3.4.9 | ||||||||||
459 | uses concise "" cfms a 2X QSO with " and " cfms 2X QSOs with " confirmations on 2-column as well as 3-column labels to make more room available for the QSL manager | 3.5.0 | ||||||||||
460 | provides a "Include QSL Mgr in confirmation" setting that determines whether or not the contents of the QSO's Via item are included in the confirmation of 2-column labels if those contents are a valid callsign | 3.5.0 | ||||||||||
450 | option to preset signal reports to 59 or 599 as appropriate for the mode | 3.5.2 | ||||||||||
461 | accept .adf as a valid suffix when importing ADIF files | 3.5.2 | ||||||||||
462 | remember "check duplicates" state between sessions | 3.5.2 | ||||||||||
464 | provide a substitution string that represents <current data> so that the Modify QSOs panel can pre-pend or append information (as opposed to replace information) | 3.5.2 | ||||||||||
466 | make "Via" visible in the QSL Queue | 3.5.3 | ||||||||||
468 | QSL Queue column widths should persist between sessions | 3.5.3 | ||||||||||
469 | clicking in QSL Queue headers should sort the QSL Queue by that header (alternate ascending/descending) | 3.5.3 | ||||||||||
471 | in the QTH item, don't capitalize "nr" or "de la" | 3.5.3 | ||||||||||
472 | un-checking Run Mode with Contest Mode enabled displays a reminder that Run Mode will be checked when DXKeeper next restarts | 3.5.3 | ||||||||||
474 | ability to compensate for printer margins so that all 4 QSL cards on a page are formatted identically | 3.5.4 | ||||||||||
477 | ability to specify QSL card dimensions | 3.5.4 | ||||||||||
478 | in the QTH item, don't capitalize "in", "near", "on", "by", "upon", and "under" | 3.5.4 | ||||||||||
481 | n the QTH item, don't capitalize "aan", "bij", or "op" | 3.5.6 | ||||||||||
482 | when a new QSO is created with "optimized for realtime entry" unchecked, set the QSO start time to 1 second after the begin time of the last QSO logged | 3.5.7 | ||||||||||
486 | provide the ability to specify QSL card top and side borders | 3.5.7 | ||||||||||
489 | accept .adif as a valid suffix when importing ADIF files | 3.5.8 | ||||||||||
494 | the Address File report should be preceded with "Address changes should be made using the Address Editor, as modifications to this file will have no impact on logged QSOs or printed envelopes" | 3.5.8 | ||||||||||
495 | If the DXCC filter is invoked and the Filter Textbox contains the callsign of the currently-selected QSO, then use the DXCC prefix logged in the QSO | 3.5.8 | ||||||||||
487 | provide audible confirmation of a QSO being logged (e.g. 1 beep), and of a flashing caption (e.g. multiple beeps) | 3.6.0 | ||||||||||
490 | add a second bank of four SQL queries | 3.6.0 | ||||||||||
491 | add a substitution command <filtertextbox> that can be embedded in SQL queries and is replaced by the value in the Filter panel textbox | 3.6.0 | ||||||||||
492 | add a
"Include QSL Mgr & Pse/Tnx QSL" setting in the 3-wide
label panel of the QSL Config window's QSL Labels panel that
when checked places the following information along the bottom
margin of each 3-wide label:
|
3.6.0 | ||||||||||
493 | add an Include QSL Mgr in confirmation box to the QSL Configuration window's QSL Card tab that when checked appends the contents of the QSL Via item -- if a valid callsign -- to the QSL card's confirmation line | 3.6.0 | ||||||||||
500 | ALT-CBA should prompt the user to backup the log | 3.6.2 | ||||||||||
502 | provide the ability to execute scripts containing commands that filter the Log Page Display with SQL expressions and modify all QSOs in the Log Page Display | 3.6.4 | ||||||||||
503 | prevent modify commands in scripts from executing unless the most recent filter command succeeded | 3.6.5 | ||||||||||
504 | prevent modify commands in scripts from changing a date item to an invalid date | 3.6.6 | ||||||||||
473 | provide the option to print 1 QSL card per page | 3.7.0 | ||||||||||
507 | shade unprintable areas in the print preview window | 3.7.0 | ||||||||||
509 | the Recompute function on the Main window's Check Progress tab should flag as broken any QSO whose End time occurs before its Begin time | 3.7.1 | ||||||||||
510 | refuse to log a QSO whose End time occurs before its Begin time; flash the End time label in red | 3.7.1 | ||||||||||
511 | make the Capture window resizable | 3.7.2 | ||||||||||
512 | flash the erroneous captions of any Broken QSO | 3.7.2 | ||||||||||
513 | double-clicking the Operator item on the Main window's Log QSO tab sets the Operator item to the default operator callsign (Config window, General tab) | 3.7.2 | ||||||||||
514 | on the QSL Setup window's Labels tab, provide a Bottom Line panel to specify font metrics for the "QSL Mgr & pse/tnx" line | 3.7.3 | ||||||||||
519 | interpret '' (back-to-back single apostrophes) as the new value in a scripts modify command as "clear the field" | 3.7.4 | ||||||||||
520 | if the "Initialize RST fields to 59/599" setting is enabled and an RST field in the Main or Capture window gains focus, pre-select the contents of the field | 3.7.5 | ||||||||||
522 | while downloading LotW QSLs, keep track of new confirmations and report them when the operation is complete | 3.7.5 | ||||||||||
525 | display "Last QSO Info" in the Capture window when the Window is vertically expanded to show it | 3.7.5 | ||||||||||
526 | extend the Advanced window's Modify and Script functions to interpret <item> in the "new item value" to mean "contents of the item in the current QSO" | 3.7.5 | ||||||||||
499 | extend the Advanced window's Modify and Script functions to provide an adjust date/time" capability that lets you add or subtract arbitrary time intervals from each selected (in the Log Page Display) QSO's Begin or End field | 3.7.7 | ||||||||||
527 | correctly capitalize miles, mi., meters, km, km., NE, NW, SE, SW, NNE, NNW, SSE, SSW, ENE, WNW, ESE, and WSW in Main and Capture window QTH fields | 3.7.7 | ||||||||||
528 | maintain the myQTH list and myQTH dropdown selectors in alphabetical order of myQTH ID | 3.7.8 | ||||||||||
529 | enlarge the Main window's myQTH tab | 3.7.8 | ||||||||||
530 | For
an ARRL-verified QSO, ADIF export should place a 'Y' rather
than 'V' in the ADIF QSL_Rcvd field, and place a 'Y' in the
newly defined APP_DXKEEPER_QSL_VERIFIED field. For a QSO
that has not been ARRL-verified, ADIF export should place an
'N' in the APP_DXKEEPER_QSL_VERIFIED field. During ADIF import, an imported APP_DXKEEPER_QSL_VERIFIED field containing a 'Y' will set the imported QSL_RCVD to 'V', independent of the QSL_RCVD field. For backwards compatibility, a QSL_RCVD field of 'V' will continue to be accepted during import, even though DXKeeper will no longer export ADIF fields containing this value for QSL_RCVD. |
3.7.8 | ||||||||||
483 | when eQSL.cc rejects an uploaded QSO as a duplicate, report the upload as successful and update the status of the logged QSO to reflect its having been successfully uploaded | 3.7.9 | ||||||||||
531 | add the ability to specify a printer paper source | 3.7.9 | ||||||||||
532 | add the ability to specify that QSL cards be printed 1-up aligned on the printer's left-side paper guide | 3.7.9 | ||||||||||
533 | grid squares keyed into the Main or Capture window's Grid item should be properly capitalized | 3.8.0 | ||||||||||
534 | extract grid square information from the Main or Capture window's QTH items for DXCC entities that have no ARRL section | 3.8.0 | ||||||||||
535 | properly capitalize HI, AK, PR, and VI in Main and Capture window QTH items | 3.8.0 | ||||||||||
536 | clearing the Main window's Frequency item does not clear the Band item | 3.8.0 | ||||||||||
536 | changing the Main window's Band item clears the Frequency item | 3.8.0 | ||||||||||
537 | if the
Mode is changed in the Main or Capture window and "Initialize
RST items to 59/599" or "Run-mode" are checked, that window's
RST_Sent and RST_Rcvd items are modified as follows:
|
3.8.0 | ||||||||||
544 | re-arrange the Main window's QSO panel so that the Mode item follows the Call item | 3.8.3 | ||||||||||
545 | when the Main or Capture window's Frequency item gains focus, select the contents of the item | 3.8.4 | ||||||||||
546 | when printing a QSL card 1-up left-aligned, place the card in the upper right quadrant (rather than the upper left) | 3.8.6 | ||||||||||
547 | when initializing a newly-created QSO in the Main window, use the previously-logged QSO's frequency and mode if the "Optimize for Realtime Entry" box is unchecked -- whether or not Commander is running | 3.8.6 | ||||||||||
548 | remember the printer quality setting between operating sessions | 3.8.6 | ||||||||||
549 | provide the option to compact the log database | 3.8.6 | ||||||||||
551 | logging a QSO via the Main or Capture window should flag the IOTA field if it is invalid, and place the fields contents into standard CC-NNN format | 3.8.8 | ||||||||||
553 | changing the Main window's QSL Sent item to 'Y' with the QSL Date Sent item empty and "Optimize for real-time entry" enabled will set the QSL Date Sent to the current UTC date | 3.9.0 | ||||||||||
554 | if the DXCC filter fails to map the callsign in the Filter panel to a DXCC entity, then assume the Filter panel contains an Entity Prefix and filter the Log Page Display by that Entity Prefix | 3.9.0 | ||||||||||
555 | selecting an ARRL section in the Main window's Log QSOs tab will select a State or Province if it can be unambiguously determined from the section, country code, and gridsquare (if specified) | 3.9.0 | ||||||||||
556 | importing a QSO that contains a country code and ARRL section but is missing a state or province should fill in the state or province from the country code, section, and grid square (if provided) if this can be unambiguously determined | 3.9.1 | ||||||||||
557 |
handle prefix special cases:
|
3.9.2 | ||||||||||
558 | remove leading and trailing spaces from exported items | 3.9.3 | ||||||||||
559 | export the myQTHID item in the ADIF tag APP_DXKEEPER_MY_QTHID | 3.9.3 | ||||||||||
560 | provide
the option to export the following ADIF 2.0 tags for QSOs
containing a myQTHID:
MY_CITY, MY_CNTY, MY_COUNTRY, MY_CQZONE, MY_GRIDSQUARE, MY_IOTA, MY_ITUZONE, MY_LAT, MY_LON, MY_POSTAL_CODE, MY_STATE,MY_STREET |
3.9.3 | ||||||||||
561 | provide the option to import a myQTHID from the ADIF tag APP_DXKEEPER_MY_QTHID; if this myQTHID is not defined among the current log's myQTHs, create it, and populate it with information from any MY_ tags in the ADIF record | 3.9.3 | ||||||||||
562 | provide the option to suppress the grid lines separating the rows and columns of QSO information on QSL cards | 3.9.3 | ||||||||||
563 | apply the Main window's Log Panel font metrics to the Capture window | 3.9.5 | ||||||||||
564 | display the contents of the Award Progress and Progress Details grids in bold font | 3.9.5 | ||||||||||
565 | accept a gridsquare from SpotCollector and DXView (when the user double-clicks on a spot) | 3.9.6 | ||||||||||
567 | eliminate the half-space between a QSL label's confirmation line and its grid heading | 3.9.8 | ||||||||||
568 | if a bold font is chosen for information in the Main window's Log QSO panels, then use a bold font to display information in the Check Progress tab's Award Progress and Progress Details grids | 3.9.8 | ||||||||||
569 | Save ADIF File (Main window, QSL tab) should include the QSL_RCVD field if its not empty | 3.9.8 | ||||||||||
573 | when logging a QSO via the DDE interface, inspect the QTH field for State and Province abbreviations and if appropriate copy them into STATE or PROVINCE items, also setting the ARRL SECTION, CQ, and ITU if they can be unambiguously determined from the STATE or PROVINCE. | 3.9.9 | ||||||||||
574 | change the Capture window's DXCC tooltip to display the name of the selected DXCC entity | 4.0.0 | ||||||||||
575 | ensure that the Default Operator callsign is upper case | 4.0.0 | ||||||||||
577 | enlarge the Capture window's IOTA item | 4.0.1 | ||||||||||
578 | when directed to perform a "new entry" operation by SpotCollector, make the results the previous QSO and Callbook lookup operations available to WinWarbler | 4.0.1 | ||||||||||
516 | DXCC submission report should only suggest cards needed to fulfill objectives defined on "DXCC/Top bands and modes" panel on the Config window's Awards panel | 4.0.5 | ||||||||||
550 | provide the option of filtering DXCC/VUCC progress reports by the Log Page Display filter | 4.0.5 | ||||||||||
579 | If the Advanced window's Modify QSOs function is used to modify QSL Rcvd or LotW QSL Rcvd items, notify the user that award progress may have been impacted and offer to invoke the Recompute function | 4.0.5 | ||||||||||
281 | compute and display the minimal DXCC submission | 4.0.6 | ||||||||||
521 |
provide a DXCC submission window from which the user can
|
4.0.6 | ||||||||||
581 | if either a card or an LotW credit can be submitted to verify a QSO, submit the card (its cheaper) | 4.0.6 | ||||||||||
582 | display Entity progress in the Award Progress grid on Main window's Check Progress tab | 4.0.6 | ||||||||||
583 | expand the progress filtering capability on the Main window's Check Progress tab | 4.0.6 | ||||||||||
584 | CTRL-U in the Main window's Filter textbox invokes the UTC filter | 4.0.6 | ||||||||||
586 | When responding to a double-clicked spot database entry in DXKeeper, provide last QSO info for WinWarbler | 4.0.8 | ||||||||||
588 | When performing a "lookup" via DDE, determine the CQ and ITU zones from the state or province if they were not determined from previous QSOs | 4.0.8 | ||||||||||
589 | Setup Capture window fields to track new WinWarbler QSO Info fields (WinWarbler 3.4.7 and later) | 4.0.8 | ||||||||||
590 | Accept directive from WinWarbler (3.4.7 or later) to initialize the Capture window's myQTHID if its not already set | 4.0.8 | ||||||||||
593 | Provide
separate Submission functions
|
4.0.9 | ||||||||||
594 | If both QSL cards and LotW Credits are to be included in submissions, provide the ability to specify a preference when an entity, entity-mode, or band-mode can be verified with a confirmed QSL card or an LotW credit | 4.0.9 | ||||||||||
595 | provide an Award Progress Filter panel with separate band and mode selectors | 4.0.9 | ||||||||||
596 | provide the ability to generate a DXCC Progress report based on the Award Progress Filter panel settings | 4.0.9 | ||||||||||
597 | Provide an End button in the Capture window to record the QSO end time, mark the QSO as ended; and display the Begin button | 4.1.0 | ||||||||||
598 | When downloading LotW QSLs, report any that confirm previously unconfirmed entity-modes or entity-bands | 4.1.0 | ||||||||||
599 | When downloading LotW QSLs, reject CQ zones and/or ITU zones that are inconsistent with the DXCC entity | 4.1.0 | ||||||||||
600 |
letting
the mouse cursor hover over a State or Province item in
the Main or Capture window will display an explanatory
popup bearing the full name of the state or province
|
4.1.0 | ||||||||||
601 | If the Modify QSOs function is used to change the DXCC Prefix of all QSOs in the Log Page Display, it will also change the Country Code of these QSOs to the matching value; Conversely, if the Modify QSOs function is used to change the Country Code of all QSOs in the Log Page Display, it will also change the DXCC Prefix of these QSOs to the matching value. | 4.1.0 | ||||||||||
602 | provide the ability to specify a expiration interval for outstanding QSO cards; the Card Aging report should offer to set QSL_Rcvd and LotW_Rcvd to 'X' for any QSO whose confirmation has not occurred within the specified interval | 4.1.0 | ||||||||||
603 | the "include eQSL.cc ..." box on the Config window's Awards tab applies to the VUCC Progress and Submission reports | 4.1.0 | ||||||||||
604 | provide an "include LotW..." box on the Config window's Awards tab that determines whether LotW confirmations are considered in the VUCC, WAS, and WAC reports | 4.1.0 | ||||||||||
605 | clicking the Submission panel's View Submission button filters the current Log Page Display to show only those QSOs with QSL_Rcvd = 'S' or LotW_Rcvd='Y'; CTRL-clicking this button shows all QSOs whose QSL_Rcvd = 'S' or LotW_Rcvd='Y' | 4.1.0 | ||||||||||
606 | extract QSL_Via from Callbook lookup results | 4.1.0 | ||||||||||
607 | don't automatically setting an RST sent/rcvd field to 59/599 if a report has already been specified | 4.1.0 | ||||||||||
608 | the DXCC submission should identify the minimum set of Cards or LotW Credits required | 4.1.1 | ||||||||||
609 | enhancements
to Fix Scripts
|
4.1.1 | ||||||||||
610 | if invoked with the Log Page Display filtered, the VUCC progress and submission reports should inform the user and provide the option to reset the filter before proceeding | 4.1.2 | ||||||||||
611 | DXCC submission planning report should indicate the # of cards and the # of LotW Credits being submitted | 4.1.2 | ||||||||||
612 | improve submission optimization: identify card and LotW ideal doubletons in a single pass, followed by non-ideal doubletons in preference order, followed by singletons in preference order | 4.1.2 | ||||||||||
613 | include the propagation mode item in QSO information uploaded to eQSL.cc | 4.1.3 | ||||||||||
614 | improve Pathfinder interoperation when working from the Capture window | 4.1.3 | ||||||||||
615 | capitalize counties entered into the Main or Capture window | 4.1.3 | ||||||||||
617 | accept a DDE command to import a specified file | 4.1.4 | ||||||||||
618 | when a HamCall CDROM entry is missing a first name, return the last name (which in these cases may contain both first name and last name) | 4.1.5 | ||||||||||
622 | add DDE commands to invoke AddRequested, set the CommandInProgress flag, and reset the CommandInProgress flag | 4.1.9 | ||||||||||
623 | add DDE commands to open the last log file, and close the log file | 4.2.0 | ||||||||||
381 | if a logged QSO has an associated QSL Queue entry and the logged QSO is modified, propagate the modifications to the QSL Queue entry | 4.2.2 | ||||||||||
592 | while Contest Mode is disabled, don't log the TX#, RX#, or Contest Name items (facilitate non-contest QSOs in the middle of a contest) | 4.2.2 | ||||||||||
619 | if the Log Page Display is empty when the user invokes Add Needed, Add Requested, or Clear QSL Queue, display a dialog box informing the user | 4.2.2 | ||||||||||
624 | when selecting the Main window's QSL or Export tabs with the Log Page Display filtered, include the Log Page Display filter in the dialog box informing the user | 4.2.2 | ||||||||||
626 | during HamCall CDROM lookups, retrieve QSL Manager callsign | 4.2.2 | ||||||||||
627 | Advanced sorts can be directly modified | 4.2.2 | ||||||||||
628 | Log Page Display sorts are retained between operating sessions, and automatically applied when opening a new log | 4.2.2 | ||||||||||
629 | Replace "F" in the Progress and Detailed Progress grids with "C" | 4.2.2 | ||||||||||
632 | If a Main or Capture window item has a default value, Ctrl-double-clicking the caption of that item will display the Configuration window and place the mouse cursor in the default value, | 4.2.3 | ||||||||||
633 | Ctrl-double-click Main window's eQSL.cc and LotW panel captions activates associated tabs of QSL Config window | 4.2.3 | ||||||||||
634 | export eQSL and LotW sent and received dates in ISO YYYY-MM-DD format | 4.2.4 | ||||||||||
635 | accept YYYYMMDD format in eQSL and LoTW send and received dates | 4.2.4 | ||||||||||
636 | when logging in the Main window with "optimize for realtime entry" unchecked, initializing the start time for QSO N+1 to the later of [the start time of QSO N incremented by 1 second] and [the end time of QSO N incremented by 1 second] | 4.2.5 | ||||||||||
637 | provide an option for Add Needed to request confirmations for all unconfirmed QSOs whose QSL manager will receive a request to confirm a needed QSO | 4.2.5 | ||||||||||
638 | if a Log Page Display column is directly expanded, contracted or moved, and if the Config window's Log tab specified a valid Log Page Display configuration file, then DXKeeper will prompt the user to update that configuration file | 4.2.5 | ||||||||||
639 | expand Advanced window's UTC filter to allow Center date and Lower Bound to be specified; initiating UTC filter from Main window's Log QSO tab with a valid date in the Filter panel sets the Center date or Lower Bound to the Filter panel date before initiating the filter. A blank Upper Bound is interpreted as "now". | 4.2.6 | ||||||||||
640 | provide an "optimize for roundable QSOs" option that determine whether, ith "optimize for realtime entry" unchecked, the start time for QSO N+1 is initialized to [the start time of QSO N incremented by 1 second], or to the later of [the start time of QSO N incremented by 1 second] and [the end time of QSO N incremented by 1 second] | 4.2.7 | ||||||||||
641 | provide duplicate QSO count via DDE | 4.2.7 | ||||||||||
642 | include the QSL manager in the QSL address report | 4.2.7 | ||||||||||
643 | add 4M to the Band Filter | 4.2.9 | ||||||||||
646 | when the Address Editor's Callsign or Manager buttons are clicked, query the user before replacing existing address or QSL Manager information with information from the callbook | 4.3.2 | ||||||||||
647 | make
QSL Via accessible to external applications via DDE topic
DXKeeper|DDEServer and DDE item QSLMode. When QSLMode contains
the empty string, no QSL Mode has been selected; otherwise,
the following values are used:
|
4.3.4 | ||||||||||
648 | when
importing
|
4.3.6 | ||||||||||
649 | when specifying a State, Province or ARRL section, or when importing a QSO that specifies a State, Province, or ARRL section, set the QSO's continent item | 4.3.7 | ||||||||||
652 | interpret "DC" as Maryland when encountered in the QTH field of a QSO being logged or imported | 4.3.8 | ||||||||||
654 | provide the option to specify the ADIF tag from which State, Province, and ARRL Section is recovered during import operations | 4.3.8 | ||||||||||
655 | provide the option to replace the Operator Callsign and/or Contest ID during import operations | 4.3.8 | ||||||||||
442 | sort QSL cards and labels by DXCC entity rather than callsign (if the Via item contains a manager, sort by the manager's DXCC entity) | 4.4.0 | ||||||||||
495 | add a field to the QSL Queue that records the logged QSO's original QSL Rcvd item so that it can be correctly restored by a Clear QSL Queue operation in all possible scenarios | 4.4.0 | ||||||||||
585 | include the fields SRX and STX in the PrintQueue table, provide substitution commands <srx> and <stx> so they can be reported on QSL-cards, and include them in tab-delimited files generated from the Main window's QSL and Export tabs | 4.4.0 | ||||||||||
661 | include the fields QSL_SENT and QSL_RCVD in tab-delimited files generated from the Main window's QSL and Export tabs | 4.4.0 | ||||||||||
663 | provide an Add All function on the Main window's QSL tab that generates QSL Queue entries for all QSOs in the Log Page Display | 4.4.1 | ||||||||||
664 | accelerate the operation that propagates a change to a QSL Queue entry's address and/or manager to other QSL Queue entries with the same callsign and to associated logged QSOs. | 4.4.2 | ||||||||||
191 |
|
4.4.4 | ||||||||||
665 | Automatically
upload QSOs to LotW
|
4.4.4 | ||||||||||
667 | if a QSO containing an erroneous item is selected, enable the panel containing the item | 4.4.4 | ||||||||||
669 | on frequency capture and import, remove leading zeros in the hundred-mHz and ten-mHz positions, and trailing zeros in the hundred-Hz, ten-Hz, and one-Hz positions | 4.4.4 | ||||||||||
670 | improved error messages when www.arrl.org/lotw is down | 4.4.4 | ||||||||||
671 | when printing QSL cards or labels, ensure adjacency for those destined for the same QSL manager | 4.4.4 | ||||||||||
672 | ignore imported STATE and COUNTY fields unless the imported DXCC entity is one that has states or counties, and ignore an imported PROVINCE field unless the imported DXCC entity is Canada. | 4.4.4 | ||||||||||
677 | allow imported STATE and COUNTY fields for non-Canadian DXCC entities (reversal of 4.4.4 given proximity of ADIF 2.0 support) | 4.4.5 | ||||||||||
679 | sort addressed envelopes or envelope labels and address report entries in same order as QSL cards/labels | 4.4.5 | ||||||||||
680 | replace TQSL station location textbox with a selector populated from TQSL's station location definitions | 4.4.5 | ||||||||||
681 | if "Upload to LotW" succeeds, automatically update logged QSO associated with each uploaded QSL Queue entry and remove that entry from the QSL Queue | 4.4.5 | ||||||||||
682 | if "Upload to eQSL.cc" succeeds, automatically update logged QSO associated with each uploaded QSL Queue entry and remove that entry from the QSL Queue | 4.4.5 | ||||||||||
684 | provide a Download eQSLs function that invokes the selected browser and navigates to the eQSL.cc page from which the InBox can be downloaded | 4.4.7 | ||||||||||
685 | configures TQSL to not prompt for a date range | 4.4.8 | ||||||||||
686 | Add ARRL Section and Continent selectors to the Capture window | 4.4.8 | ||||||||||
687 | In Main and Capture windows, Alt-1 navigates to the ARRL Section item (if visible) | 4.4.8 | ||||||||||
688 | Add WA, EFL, and WFL to the Main and Capture window ARRL Section selectors | 4.4.8 | ||||||||||
691 | "Download LotW QSLs" logs into eQSL.cc and navigates directly to the user's eQSL.cc Inbox | 4.4.9 | ||||||||||
692 | compensate
for erroneous TQSL mode mappings when synching QSOs and QSLs
|
4.5.1 | ||||||||||
695 | provide option to print Band instead of Frequency on QSL cards | 4.5.2 | ||||||||||
696 | provide "Display Error Log" button on Config window's General tab | 4.5.2 | ||||||||||
698 | add key to award progress codes on Main window's Check Progress tab, and enable Main window width adjustment when the Check Progress tab is selected | 4.5.2 | ||||||||||
703 | expand the function of "Sync eQSL.cc QSLs" to locate the eQSL.cc inbox, download the inbox, and update the log to reflect confirmations | 4.5.3 | ||||||||||
644 | add an "guarantee unique start times" option to the import tab that when checked ensures that each imported QSO has a start time later than its predecessor; if this isn't the case, the imported QSO's start time is set to its predecessor's start time plus 5 seconds | 4.5.4 | ||||||||||
704 | If QSL Via is set to LotW and the "PC has no Internet connection" option enabled, replace the "Upload to LotW" button with a "Prep LotW update" button and an "Update Log" button | 4.5.5 | ||||||||||
706 | provide a contest mode option that, when enabled, causes DXKeeper to activate the Capture window (if visible or minimized) or the Main window's Log QSO tab and place focus in the RX# textbox when the user double-clicks on a Spot Database entry, DXView spot, or Commander Bandspread spot | 4.5.6 | ||||||||||
707 | if "provide audio feedback" and "contest mode" are both enabled, sound an audible alert when a duplicate QSO is entered into the Capture window | 4.5.6 | ||||||||||
708 | all Advanced window textboxes should interpret CTRL-A as select the textbox contents | 4.5.6 | ||||||||||
709 | if the Capture window is not visible when DXKeeper terminates, it should remain invisible when DXKeeper is next started | 4.5.6 | ||||||||||
710 | depressing the CTRL key while unchecking a box in the Log Panels tab on the Config window's Log tab (or while unchecking its counterpart in upper right corner of the Main window's Log QSOs tab) will hide the associated Log Panel and will increase the number of visible Log Page Display entries rather than vertically shrink the Main window. | 4.5.6 | ||||||||||
712 | selecting a satellite name in the Main window's Log QSOs tab sets the propagation mode to "sat" | 4.5.7 | ||||||||||
713 | if a script contains the command Retain Filter then do not restore the original filter after the script is executed | 4.5.7 | ||||||||||
714 | when executing a script, only prompt the user to create a log backup if the script contains one or more Modify commands | 4.5.7 | ||||||||||
716 | if a DX spot is activated via SpotCollector or DXView or Commander, and the Capture window is closed, and "Optimize for real-time QSO entry" is enabled, then create a new QSO and initialize from the Spot Database entry | 4.5.7 | ||||||||||
717 | depressing the CTRL key while checking a box in the Log Panels tab on the Config window's Log tab (or while unchecking its counterpart in upper right corner of the Main window's Log QSOs tab) will display the associated Log Panel and will decrease the number of visible Log Page Display entries rather than vertically expand the Main window. | 4.5.7 | ||||||||||
719 | provide HF and VHF buttons in the DXCC/Top and WAZ panels on the Config window's Awards tab; clicking these buttons checks all HF or VHF band boxes respectively | 4.5.7 | ||||||||||
721 | provide a "New QSO on DX Spot activation" option that if enabled, creates a QSO in the Main window when a DX Spot is activated (in SpotCollector, DXView or Commander) with the Capture window closed and Optimize for realtime QSO entry checked | 4.5.8 | ||||||||||
722 | in
script files, accept the command LogReport with a single
parameter that specifies the filename into which the the
report should be generated.
|
4.5.8 | ||||||||||
723 | in script files, accept the command Sort with a parameter specifying a sort expression | 4.5.8 | ||||||||||
724 | if one or more commands fail during execution of a script, notify the user and display the script log file | 4.5.8 | ||||||||||
725 | the Log Report should include the Log Page Display Filter and Sort in its header | 4.5.8 | ||||||||||
726 | clicking a ? button in the Capture window places the mouse cursor in its associated textbox or selector so that keyboard shortcuts can immediately be utilized | 4.6.0 | ||||||||||
727 | inserting
a ! in front of the Capture window's Callsign textbox and
clicking the Capture window's Log button will log the QSO with
a country code of 0
inserting a ! in front of the Main window's Callsign textbox and clicking the Main window's Log button will log the QSO with a country code of 0 |
4.6.0 | ||||||||||
728 | allow script files to utilize the extension .scp as well as .txt, and remember the user's most recent choice | 4.6.1 | ||||||||||
729 | script log files utilize the extension .log | 4.6.1 | ||||||||||
730 | detect and report the situation where an upload to LotW receives no response | 4.6.1 | ||||||||||
731 | use new LotW upload URL | 4.6.1 | ||||||||||
720 | when a Log Page Display column is resized, determine if a previously visible column was shrunk into invisibility, or if a previously invisible column was expanded into visibility; in either case, update the Log Page Display configuration table | 4.6.2 | ||||||||||
732 | use modified LotW Query syntax to work around LotW defect | 4.6.2 | ||||||||||
733 | restores LotW Query syntax now that LotW defect is corrected | 4.6.3 | ||||||||||
734 | if the Windows Script Host is not installed, inform the user, and then terminate | 4.6.4 | ||||||||||
736 | if "Substitute for missing operator callsigns" is checked and an imported QSO contains an OPERATOR tag containing only space characters, substitute the operator callsign | 4.6.4 | ||||||||||
737 | improve error reporting for "Sync eQSL.cc QSLs" | 4.6.4 | ||||||||||
740 | provide a button on the Main window's Check Progress tab that displays the contents of DXKeeper's Reports folder | 4.6.5 | ||||||||||
742 | provide an option for the user to manually download an eQSL Inbox to be used by the "Sync eQSL.cc QSLs" operation | 4.6.8 | ||||||||||
743 | increase width of TX# and RX# fields from 8 to 16 | 4.6.8 | ||||||||||
746 | attempting to log a QSO whose begin or end date is more than 60 minutes in the future will fail, with the offending item's caption flashing in red font | 4.6.8 | ||||||||||
747 | provide an "Import from Writelog" option that when enabled enables DXKeeper to correctly interpret Writelog DXCC prefixes in imported <PREF> tags to ensure that each imported QSO is assigned to the correct DXCC entity | 4.6.8 | ||||||||||
748 | provide an "Add Requested no dup band-modes" option that prevents the Add Requested function from generating a QSL Queue entry unless doing so would give the receiving station a new confirmed band or mode, or unless the QSL Via panel is set to LotW or eQSL.cc | 4.6.8 | ||||||||||
744 | provide a TX Exchange textbox on the Config window's Contest tab | 4.6.9 | ||||||||||
745 | if the
Contest Style is set to State QSO Parties, Cabrillo log
records will
|
4.6.9 | ||||||||||
749 | add <callsign> and <destination> substitution commands | 4.6.9 | ||||||||||
750 | eQSL.cc and LotW upload and synchronization status windows are "always on top" | 4.6.9 | ||||||||||
751 | provide a "Claimed Score" textbox on the Config window's Contest tab | 4.7.0 | ||||||||||
752 | present zeroes rather than blanks in cells in tables in HTML progress reports | 4.7.1 | ||||||||||
753 | provide the option of specifying HTML to be inserted before the DXCC Summary report table | 4.7.1 | ||||||||||
754 | improve performance of AddNeeded, AddRequested, and AddAll by eliminating unnecessary use of DXView | 4.7.2 | ||||||||||
755 | improved reporting of explanation when eQSL.cc rejects an uploaded QSO | 4.7.2 | ||||||||||
756 | tolerate and report a JRun Server Error from eQSL.cc during an upload | 4.7.3 | ||||||||||
757 | on Config window's Contest tab, make ARRL section a selector | 4.7.3 | ||||||||||
758 | on Config window's Contest tab, make Contest Name a selector, automatically select the Contest Name when its unambiguously specified by the Contest Style, but retain the ability to specify an arbitrary contest name (e.g. for State QSO parties) | 4.7.3 | ||||||||||
759 | make Log Recovery more bulletproof | 4.7.4 | ||||||||||
711 | Provide an option for Function keys in the Capture window to be conveyed to WinWarbler | 4.7.5 | ||||||||||
760 | add Cabrillo Category panel to Config window's Contest tab | 4.7.5 | ||||||||||
761 | ability to generate Cabrillo for Sweepstakes contests | 4.7.5 | ||||||||||
762 | move "Warn when Callsign Lookups fail" from the Config window's General tab to the Config window's Callbook tab | 4.7.5 | ||||||||||
763 | create
a General tab in the QSL Config window and moving the
following checkboxes from the Config window's General tab the
the QSL Config window's General tab:
|
4.7.5 | ||||||||||
764 | QSL Config window borders should not be resizable | 4.7.6 | ||||||||||
765 | if the specified Backup folder doesn't exist, create it | 4.8.4 | ||||||||||
766 | allow
more QSOs to be printed on a QSL card if
|
4.8.4 | ||||||||||
767 | notify DXView when DXCC award objectives change | 4.8.6 | ||||||||||
768 | If the DXCC award objectives indicate that a mode is sought, but there are no confirmed QSOs with the currently-selected Progress Grid entry in that mode, then the background of that mode's cells in the Progress Details Grid will be white rather than the window's background color. Similarly, if the DXCC award objectives indicate that a band is sought, but there are no confirmed QSOs with the currently-selected Progress Grid entry on that band, then the background of that band's cells in the Progress Details Grid will be white rather than the window's background color. | 4.8.6 | ||||||||||
769 | When a
callsign is entered in either the Main window's Log QSOs tab
or the Capture window and Enter or Tab is struck, color the
callsign based on need for the entity, entity-band, or
entity-mode, as specified by the Config window's Awards tab:
|
4.8.6 | ||||||||||
770 | When performing a lookup for WinWarbler, include an indication of degree of need for the entity, entity-band, and entity mode as specified by the Config window's Awards tab | 4.8.6 | ||||||||||
771 | right-clicking
on a QSO in the Log Page Display produces a menu containing
the following choices:
|
4.8.6 | ||||||||||
772 | provide the option to display an Import Award Progress Report | 4.8.6 | ||||||||||
773 | provide a QTH CQ setting on the Config window's Contest tab | 4.8.8 | ||||||||||
774 | Cabrillo support for ANARTS-RTTY, UKSMG, and Volta contests | 4.8.8 | ||||||||||
775 | improve specificity of "log must be updated" messages | 4.8.9 | ||||||||||
777 | add AO-51 and VO-52 to satellite selector | 4.8.9 | ||||||||||
780 | when directed by SpotCollector to initialize the Capture window with a new callsign, provide the "needed" information to WinWarbler so it can properly color the callsign | 4.8.9 | ||||||||||
781 | during import, interpret a DXCC entity code of 433 as "North Korea" | 4.9.1 | ||||||||||
782 | provide option to generate confirmed and worked files for IOTAMem4WIN | 4.9.1 | ||||||||||
783 | automatically set spot notes to grid square for spots on 6m and above | 4.9.2 | ||||||||||
778 | add "Query Callbook for missing items" option to Main window's import tab | 4.9.4 | ||||||||||
784 | inform the user when LotW upload or Sync operations are failing because Internet Explorer's "Work Offline" function is enabled in its File menu | 4.9.4 | ||||||||||
785 | On the QSL Config window's LotW tab, the "Limit QSO and QSL downloads to this operator callsign" setting is renamed "Limit Add and Sync operations to this operator callsign", and governs the AddRequested and AddAll operations as well as Syhc LotW QSOs and Sync LotW QSLs | 4.9.4 | ||||||||||
786 | the "Add Needed requests all with same call" and "Add Needed requests all with same call" now consider base callsigns | 4.9.4 | ||||||||||
788 | provide the option to set the Default Focus on the Main window's Log QSOs tab to either the QSO panel's Call textbox or the Filter panel textbox | 4.9.4 | ||||||||||
789 | include the DXCC country code in tab-delimited exports | 4.9.4 | ||||||||||
791 | provide ability to perform callbook lookups via QRZ.com | 4.9.5 | ||||||||||
792 | allow the user to specify a timeout for callbook lookups via QRZ.com | 4.9.8 | ||||||||||
793 | accept QSL Manager info from QRZ.com lookups | 4.9.9 | ||||||||||
794 | disable the Print Preview window's Next button if there are no more cards or labels to preview | 4.9.9 | ||||||||||
795 | provide an option that determines whether call areas of US stations will be used to deduce CQ and ITU zones if more precise information (previous QSOs, state, ARRL section, Callbook) is unavailable and the call area fits entirely in the zone | 5.0.0 | ||||||||||
800 | For QSOs above 50 mHz, the Capture window's Spot function will set the default spot notes to "DX Gridsquare > Spotter Gridsquare" if the DX Gridsquare is specified in the Capture window, and if the operator's Gridsquare is specified on the Main window's "my QTHs" tab | 5.0.2 | ||||||||||
801 | Print Preview window displays parameters describing the current printer's printable area | 5.0.3 | ||||||||||
802 | Print preview for QSL labels shows the printable area, and reports any information that would be printed outside the printable area | 5.0.3 | ||||||||||
803 | QSL and address label column positions are absolute, rather than relative to the printer's printable area | 5.0.3 | ||||||||||
804 | provide a Databases tab on the Config window that shows the pathname and version for the DXCC and IOTA databases | 5.0.3 | ||||||||||
805 | provide a "None" option on the Config window's Callbook tab | 5.0.4 | ||||||||||
807 | ALT-double-clicking a QSL Queue entry performs a DXView lookup (if DXView is running) | 5.0.7 | ||||||||||
809 | record DXLab application connectivity in the errorlog.txt file | 5.1.1 | ||||||||||
810 | if DXView is running but fails to accept an UpdateStatus directive, retry the operation; if the retry fails, declare DXView unavailable | 5.1.3 | ||||||||||
811 | if DXView is running but fails to respond to a Lookup or PrefixLookup request, retry the operation; if the retry fails, satisfy the request via the local DXCC database, and declare DXView unavailable | 5.1.3 | ||||||||||
812 | if SpotCollector is running but fails to accept an UpdateStatus directive, retry the operation; if the retry fails, declare SpotCollector unavailable | 5.1.3 | ||||||||||
813 | provide a New button in the "Log file" panel on the Config window's Log tab | 5.1.3 | ||||||||||
814 | if the data downloaded by LotW in response to a SyncLotWQSOs or SyncLotWQSLs does not contain QSOs or QSLs respectively, display the contents of the downloaded file before informing the user | 5.1.3 | ||||||||||
815 | provide Cabrillo export support for the CQ-WW-RTTY contest | 5.1.4 | ||||||||||
816 | allow QSL substitution commands in QSL messages | 5.1.4 | ||||||||||
817 | provide an option to not log the Capture window's Contest, TX#, and RX# items when not in Contest mode | 5.1.6 | ||||||||||
818 | provide the option to include LotW and/or eQSL.cc confirmations in Maidenhead Field and Maidenhead Gridsquare award progress reports | 5.1.6 | ||||||||||
819 | if contest mode is enabled, display the current contest ID in the Main window's title bar; if the current contest ID is not specified, display "Contest: ?" | 5.1.7 | ||||||||||
820 | place confirmed and worked totals at the top of the Worked All Counties report | 5.1.8 | ||||||||||
824 | with contest mode enabled and the mouse cursor in the Capture window's call texbox, striking the Tab key should place the mouse cursor in the RX# textbox | 5.1.8 | ||||||||||
826 | with the mouse cursor in the Capture window's RX# textbox, striking the Tab key moves the mouse cursor to the RST_Sent textbox | 5.1.9 | ||||||||||
822 | don't prevent script execution if the Log Page Display contains no QSOs | 5.2.0 | ||||||||||
827 | disable the Import tab's "Query callbook for missing items" option if no Callbook is selected and installed | 5.2.0 | ||||||||||
828 | retain the Award Progress filter checkbox settings between operating sessions | 5.2.0 | ||||||||||
834 | in Log Page Display, show QSL sent/received dates in system short date format | 5.2.3 | ||||||||||
835 | use ISO format for all dates embedded in generated report filenames | 5.2.3 | ||||||||||
836 | accept a command line argument that specifies the pathname of a log to open | 5.2.3 | ||||||||||
837 | use ISO format for the date embedded in generated log backup filenames | 5.2.4 | ||||||||||
842 | provide an empty entry in the printer selector on QSL Config window's Printer tab so that the current printer can be de-selected | 5.2.9 | ||||||||||
848 | provide the ability to plot QSOs in the Log Page Display on DXView's world map | 5.2.9 | ||||||||||
864 | increase the maximum number of band definitions to 400 | 5.3.2 | ||||||||||
865 | inform DXView when all logged QSOs have been conveyed by the Plot command | 5.3.4 | ||||||||||
869 | provide an option to print capitalized addresses on envelopes and address labels | 5.4.2 | ||||||||||
878 | changing the myQTHs panel's latitude or longitude textbox updates its gridsquare textbox, and vice versa | 5.4.3 | ||||||||||
879 | when not in Contest mode or Run mode, depressing the SHIFT key while striking the Enter key in the Callsign textbox on the Main window's Log QSOs tab initializes the QSO and places the mouse cursor in the QSO Begin textbox rather than the Mode textbox | 5.4.6 | ||||||||||
868 | provide an "always on top" option for the Capture window | 5.5.0 | ||||||||||
881 | add CTRL-B and CTLR-E Capture window short cuts for beginning and ending a QSO | 5.5.1 | ||||||||||
882 | shift QSL manager callsigns returned by a callbook lookup to upper case | 5.5.3 | ||||||||||
883 | remember the position of the LotW upload window between uploads | 5.5.4 | ||||||||||
886 | if on startup the specified log file does not exist, and if the specified log file matches the default log pathname, then ask the user if the log should be created | 5.5.7 | ||||||||||
892 | the Recompute function ensures that each QSO's DXCC Prefix matches it's DXCC ID; if a QSO's DXCC ID is invalid, the QSO is flagged as broken. | 5.6.0 | ||||||||||
893 | the Recompute function creates and displays a report showing any changes made to logged QSOs, and any QSOs flagged as broken | 5.6.1 | ||||||||||
894 | the Recompute function creates and displays a report showing any changes made to logged QSOs when a QSO's DXCC Prefix is cleared because its DXCC ID is 0 | 5.6.2 | ||||||||||
895 | add an entry for Montenegro to the ValidZones.txt file | 5.6.2 | ||||||||||
896 | with "import from Writelog" enabled, accept APP_WRITELOG_IOTA tags | 5.6.3 | ||||||||||
897 | provide an explanation of QSL SENT and QSL RCVD codes that appears to the left of the Main window's QSL panel when that panel is visible | 5.6.5 | ||||||||||
898 | include LotW confirmations in the WAS report without requiring "include LotW confirmations in...." box to be checked | 5.6.6 | ||||||||||
899 | add 'N' to the QSL_SENT selector, meaning "don't send an outgoing card" | 5.6.6 | ||||||||||
901 | double-clicking on the QSL_SENT_DATE should set the current date and set QSL_SENT to 'Y' | 5.6.8 | ||||||||||
902 | when processing QSLs downloaded from LotW, update a QSO's LOTW_QSL_SENT to 'Y' if its confirmed (as the uploaded QSO must have been accepted by LotW) | 5.6.8 | ||||||||||
903 | add additional choices to the satellite mode and default satellite mode selectors, and permit the user to specify satellite modes not present in either selector | 5.6.8 | ||||||||||
904 | provide an "import from WinLog32" option that when enable, accepts WL_REMARK tags and places their contents in the notes item | 5.6.9 | ||||||||||
907 | In the
Grid textbox in Awards panel of the Main window's Log QSOs tab
|
5.7.3 | ||||||||||
908 | In the
Capture window's grid textbox,
|
5.7.3 | ||||||||||
923 | when exporting the QSL Queue to an ADIF or tab-delimited file, the generated file should be sorted in order of DXCC_SORT followed by DEST_SORT | 5.7.8 | ||||||||||
871 | provide the option to remove tags containing binary data from an imported ADIF file, and an "import from Logic" option that when selected removes tags containing binary data from an imported ADIF file | 5.8.1 | ||||||||||
929 | when
exporting a tab-delimited file via the Main window's export
tag, includes
|
5.8.2 | ||||||||||
930 | when reporting a last QSO that's missing a frequency, report the band | 5.8.3 | ||||||||||
931 | display progress when stripping binary tags from an imported file, and permit this operation to be aborted | 5.8.3 | ||||||||||
932 | expand QSL substitution commands found in the QSL msg item when uploading to eQSL.cc or LotW, or when generating an ADIF or tab-delimited file from the QSL Queue | 5.8.3 | ||||||||||
243 | on the Main window's Check Progress tab, the DXCC panel's Progress report should report progress based on all QSOs visible in the Log Page Display, rather than on all QSOs in the Log | 5.8.4 | ||||||||||
934 | provide CQ DX Marathon Progress and Submission reports, with the ability to specify a maximum transmit power and ignore QSOs that exceed this transmit power | 5.8.4 | ||||||||||
935 | when performing a SyncLotWQSOs operation and encountering an accepted QSO whose LotW_SENT_DATE is not specified, set LotW_SENT_DATE to the the "last QSO accepted" date provided by LotW | 5.8.4 | ||||||||||
936 | provide an "ignore propagation mode" option to the Marathon tab on the Config window's Award's tab that when checked considers all QSOs for Marathon awards regardless of their propagation mode | 5.8.5 | ||||||||||
937 | provide the ability to print batches of self-addressed envelopes | 5.8.5 | ||||||||||
938 | if a Marathon progress or submission report score is 0, inform the user that there are no QSOs conforming to the transmit power category that satisfy the band and propagation mode rules | 5.8.6 | ||||||||||
939 | double-clicking a Capture window textbox or selector label filters the Log Page Display for that textbox or selector's current value | 5.8.7 | ||||||||||
940 | provide Marathon zone credit for maritime mobile and aeronautical mobile QSOs | 5.8.7 | ||||||||||
941 | increase speed of deleting all QSOs in the Log Page Display | 5.8.7 | ||||||||||
942 | clicking the Capture window's Clear button requests confirmation before clearing the Capture window; ALT-clicking the Capture window's Clear button does not request confirmation | 5.8.7 | ||||||||||
943 | Provide a "Prompt on Capture clear" setting that determines whether a confirmation dialog appears when the user clicks the Capture window's Clear button | 5.8.8 | ||||||||||
947 | on the Main window's Check Progress tab, the DXCC panel's Progress report should include entity names | 5.9.0 | ||||||||||
948 | expand the Import tab's "Query callbook for missing items" option to also search the DXCC database for missing CQ zone, ITU zone, Iota tag, and continent items | 5.9.1 | ||||||||||
949 | the Main window's CBA function should also search the DXCC database for missing CQ zone, ITU zone, Iota tag, and continent items | 5.9.1 | ||||||||||
960 | enable an eQSL.cc QTH Nickname to be specified | 5.9.2 | ||||||||||
961 | when uploading a QSO to eQSL.cc, include the QTH Nickname if one is specified | 5.9.3 | ||||||||||
962 | provide the option to not display dynamic information in window title bars (Vista workaround) | 5.9.3 | ||||||||||
978 | If generating an IOTA report assigns IOTA tags to QSOs missing such tags, list these QSOs in the first section of the generated report. | 5.9.5 | ||||||||||
985 | In the Capture window with SpotCollector running, CTRL-S sends an outgoing spot, and CTRL-T prompts for spot notes and then sends an outgoing spot | 5.9.6 | ||||||||||
989 | accepts CQ zone, ITU zone, IOTA tag, and Primary Administrative Entity to from SpotCollector (when available) | 5.9.7 | ||||||||||
1016 | when a QSL Queue containing too many fields is encountered, delete it and recreate it | 5.9.8 | ||||||||||
76 | ADIF 2.0 import and export | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
278 | provide the ability to select individual QSOs and to use this selection to filter the Log Page Display | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
288 | ability to generate SWL confirmations via cards and labels | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
298 | convert QSL Sent and Rcvd items from 'text' to 'date' so that SQL queries can be used; | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
340 | log both Freq and Freq_RX where possible; move Freq_RX and Band_RX to Main window's QSO panel, provide option for Freq_RX to appear in Capture window, rename Freq to TX Freq, and TX Band | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
386 | eliminate existing null items and ensure that no new null items are created when QSOs are created or imported | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
387 | Provide
8 user-defined items
|
6.0.0 | ||||||||||
404 | convert FREQ and FREQRX field formats to numeric to facilitate filtering and sorting | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
465 | expand
width of QTH item to 1024, and the RST Sent/Rcvd items to 8
|
6.0.0 | ||||||||||
496 |
improve support for QSLing via the bureau:
|
6.0.0 | ||||||||||
517 | add
Station Callsign and Owner Callsign items
|
6.0.0 | ||||||||||
571 | provide a QSO Number item, and automatically assign new QSOs the next QSO number | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
658 | provide
new fields to record antenna azimuth, antenna path, antenna
elevation, latitude, longitude, and distance
|
6.0.0 | ||||||||||
689 | automatically
update all log entries
|
6.0.0 | ||||||||||
697 | provide a filename field that designates a file containing information relevant to the QSO | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
702 | provide
support for ADIF 2.X Primary and Secondary Administrative
Entities:
|
6.0.0 | ||||||||||
798 | add
new fields to support VHF/UHF weak-signal operation
|
6.0.0 | ||||||||||
799 | add fields for SFI, A, and K indices and auto-fill from default values linked to SpotCollector | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
829 | provide fields for email address, web page, and LotW membership | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
840 | double-clicking an item label on the Main window's Log QSOs tab selects the item, places the mouse cursor in that item, and renders the label in underlined (rather than bold) font | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
841 | add
latitude and longitude items to myQTH specifications
|
6.0.0 | ||||||||||
844 | increase the speed of the "delete multiple QSOs" operation | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
845 | striking a letter or number key in the Award Progress table on the Main window's Check Progress tab selects the first table entry whose DXCC Prefix begins with that letter or number; if no table entry begins with that letter or number, the table's first entry is selected. | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
847 | with
Optimize for Realtime Entry un-checked, the following items in
the Main window's Log QSOs panel are initialized to the value
logged in the previously-entered QSO rather than the
default value specified in the Configuration window:
|
6.0.0 | ||||||||||
870 | ignore downloaded eQSL.cc QSOs marked as SWL reports (rather than report a mismatch) | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
877 | change the TX_PWR field type to NUMBER | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
880 | add a field called TEMP for temporary use (no export or import) | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
910 | add a SUBMODE field | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
912 | When importing and exporting QSL_RCVD, use APP_DXKEEPER_QSL_EXPIRED to convey values for 'X' | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
916 | expand myQTHID field width to 64 | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
918 | don't "count" CW QSOs towards CW if made before 1975-01-01 | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
919 | provide a Sel filter that populates the Log Page Display with QSOs whose Select item is set to 'Y' | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
951 | provide a means of identifying QSOs with 4U1VIC ITU Vienna International Center, GM/Shetland Shetland Is., IG9/IH9 African Italy, IT Sicily, JW Bear Is., and TA1 European Turkey and include this in the CQ DX Marathon progress and submission reports | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
963 | provide the ability to specify the number of decimal digits shown in Log Page Display frequency columns | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
964 | provide a DOK field and cross-references from DOK code to name | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
970 | designate the Notes item as Comment for ADIF consistency | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
972 | remove unnecessary RR buttons from the Online QSO panel's eQSL and LotW sub-panels | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
974 | support
eQSL.cc incremental QSL downloads
|
6.0.0 | ||||||||||
986 | populate the Default Contest ID and Import Contest ID Replacement selectors with ADIF-specified contest IDs | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
987 | filtering the Log Page Display for previous QSOs with a specified station shows only QSOs in the current year whose recorded Contest ID matches the Contest ID setting on the Config window's Contest tab | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
990 | with "Display previous QSOs on Lookup" enabled when logging a new QSO via the Main window's Log QSOs tab, information from previous QSOs is used to initialize the new QSO | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
991 | clicking the Filter panel's X button while depressing the CTRL key will clear any Log Page Display filter and then sort the Log Page Display in UTC order | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
992 | the "Sync LotW QSLs" operation filters the Log Page Display to contain only QSOs confirmed via LotW and sorts the Log Page Display in order of LotW Date Received | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
993 | the "Sync eQSL.cc QSLs" operation filters the Log Page Display to contain only QSOs confirmed via eQSL.cc and sorts the Log Page Display in order of eQSL Date Received | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
994 | provide an option on the Main window's "Import QSOs" tab that determines whether missing items like CONT, CQ, ITU, and ARRL Section are determined from the imported QSO's DXCC entity and primary administrative entity when possible | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
995 | Make the Capture window height adjustable, enabling or disabling items as required | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
996 | add modes introduced in ADIF 2.1.9:AMTORFEC, CHIP128, CONTESTI, DOMINOF, FMHELL, FSK31, HELL80, PSK10, PSK63F, PSK220F, PSKAM10, PSKAM31, PSKAM50, PSKFEC31, PSKHELL, QPSK31, QPSK63, QPSK125, RTTYM, THRBX, VOI | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
997 | support the INTERNET PROP_MODE | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
999 | provide the option to set Select to N for all QSOs in the Log Page Display by CTRL-clicking the Filter panel's Sel button | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
1000 | provide an option on the Main window's Import tab to set Select to Y for all imported QSOs | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
1001 | provide the ability to set Select to N for all QSOs in the Log from the Main window's Import tab | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
1005 | callbook lookups of US stations append the state to the QTH | 6.0.0 | ||||||||||
1004 | export Operator Callsign and Owner Callsign in tab-delimited files | 6.0.1 | ||||||||||
1008 | change FL, Dade to FL,Miami-Dade | 6.0.2 | ||||||||||
1018 | when the Log Page Display is sorted by double-clicking a column header or after an LotW or eQSL Sync operation, the Sort panel's caption indicates how the log page display is sorted | 6.0.2 | ||||||||||
1021 | in the Main window's Log QSOs tab, flash the code label of a QSO whose country code is missing | 6.0.6 | ||||||||||
1022 | in the Main window's Log QSOs tab, flash the DXCC label of a QSO whose country code doesn't match its DXCC prefix (unless the callsign begins with !) | 6.0.6 | ||||||||||
1023 | when scrolling through the Log Page Display using up/down arrow keys or Page-Up/Page-Down keys, defer progress, DXView, and Pathfinder lookups until the scrolling stops on a QSO | 6.0.8 | ||||||||||
1024 | when performing a Sync LotW QSLs operation, consider a mode of PHONE returned by LotW as compatible with a logged mode of AM, FM, or SSB | 6.0.9 | ||||||||||
1026 | if the "Add Needed", "Add Requested", or "Add All" operations are invoked on the Main window's QSL tab with the Log Page Display filtered, informs the user and provides the option to clear the filter. | 6.0.9 | ||||||||||
1027 | if the Main window's QSL tab is selected with the Log Page Display filtered, no longer informs the user and provides the option to clear the filter | 6.0.9 | ||||||||||
1028 | when initializing a QSO with "Optimize for realtime QSO entry" disabled, set its End date and time to its Begin date and time | 6.1.1 | ||||||||||
1029 | provide a default Antenna Path setting | 6.1.2 | ||||||||||
1031 |
striking CTRL-ALT-C in the Filter panel on the Main window's Log QSOs tab
|
6.1.2 | ||||||||||
1032 | increase the SWL callsign length to 32 | 6.1.2 | ||||||||||
1033 | ignore an attempt to display an additional panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab if there's insufficient room | 6.1.2 | ||||||||||
1034 | provides an "Export ADIF 1.0" option on the Main window's Exports tab | 6.1.2 | ||||||||||
1035 | provides a DX4WIN option in the "ADIF style options" panel on the Main window's Imports tab than when selected extracts name and QTH information from NOTES tags, and LotW confirmation from COMMENT tags | 6.1.2 | ||||||||||
1038 | improve
the WAZ report
|
6.1.9 | ||||||||||
1036 | striking the Enter or Tab key in the "Log QSO" tab's QSO Begin box should compare the QSO Begin and QSO End date-times; if the QSO End date-time is earlier than the QSO Begin date-time, QSO End should be set to QSO Begin | 6.2.0 | ||||||||||
1037 | Accept
Logger32-specific ADIF tags during import when set to
"standard ADIF"
|
6.2.0 | ||||||||||
958 | enable the script mechanism to process the a Report command that can generate a log reports and progress reports for DXCC, VUCC, IOTA, WAC, WAZ, Maidenhead Fields, Maidenhead Gridsquares, US States, and US Counties | 6.2.1 | ||||||||||
1015 | add an option to ignore printer margins | 6.2.1 | ||||||||||
1046 | when CTRL-double-clicking a QSL Queue entry, only clear the Log Page Display entry if necessary to make the associated QSO visible | 6.2.1 | ||||||||||
1047 | double-clicking in the "rx freq" item in the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab sets the "rx freq" to the "tx freq" | 6.2.1 | ||||||||||
922 | provide a function that scans all QSOs in the Log Page Display and updates their LotW membership from the database of known LotW members | 6.2.2 | ||||||||||
1049 | when "optimize for real-time QSO entry" is disabled, allow direct editing of the Main window's primary and secondary subdivision administration textboxes | 6.2.2 | ||||||||||
1050 | expand the capacity of the Name and QSL_Via items to 1024 characters | 6.2.5 | ||||||||||
1051 | adds
keyboard shortcuts to the Filter textbox on the Main window's
"Log QSOs"tab
|
6.2.5 | ||||||||||
1052 | improve the tooltips in the Date Format panel on the Config window's Reports panel | 6.2.5 | ||||||||||
1053 | recover LotW and DXCC credit information when importing ADIF files generated by DXBase | 6.2.5 | ||||||||||
1054 | double-clicking the Capture window's "RX Freq" item sets it to the value in the "TX Freq" item | 6.2.8 | ||||||||||
1056 | increase the speed of the Recompute operation | 6.3.0 | ||||||||||
1057 | if a Default myQTH ID is specified on the Config window's Log tab, then when the Main window's "my QTHs" tab is selected, make that default myQTH ID current | 6.3.0 | ||||||||||
1060 | In the Advanced window's Modify QSOs panel, provide the option to determine TX Band or RX Band by adding a <compute> option in the Item New Value selector | 6.3.1 | ||||||||||
1063 | create a "Duplicate checking" panel on the Main window's Import tab | 6.3.2 | ||||||||||
1064 | add a "Consider primary and secondary administrative subdivisions" option to the "Duplicate checking" panel that when enabled only rejects an imported QSO if its primary and secondary administrative subdivisions match that of a logged QSO whose callsign, band, mode, and date-time within specified range all match | 6.3.2 | ||||||||||
1065 | add a "consider gridsquares" option to the "Duplicate checking" panel that when enabled only rejects an imported QSO if its gridsquare match that of a logged QSO whose callsign, band, mode, and date-time within specified range all match | 6.3.2 | ||||||||||
1066 | in items in the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, CTRL-S is a shortcut for "set QSL_SENT to 'Y' ", and CTRL-R is a shortcut for "set QSL_RCVD to 'Y' " | 6.3.2 | ||||||||||
1067 | when performing a lookup for other DXLab applications, include LotW membership in the results | 6.3.2 | ||||||||||
1068 | the "Add Needed" operation will not add an unneeded QSO to the Queue because "Add Needed adds all with same call" or "Add Needed adds all with same Manager" is enabled if that QSO's QSL_RCVD item is set to 'X' | 6.3.3 | ||||||||||
998 | generate a DOK progress report | 6.3.7 | ||||||||||
1070 | if Subdivision award checking is enabled, correct misspelled US counties during Import and "Sync LotW QSLs" operations | 6.3.7 | ||||||||||
1071 | when "Sync LotW QSLs" returns a confirmation from a callsign, set "LotW Member" to 'Y' for all QSOs with that callsign | 6.3.7 | ||||||||||
1072 | in the Capture window, CTRL-F initiates a Lookup | 6.3.8 | ||||||||||
1073 | characters typed into the Main window's primary administrative subdivision box with "Optimize for realtime QSO entry" disabled should be automatically shifted to upper case | 6.4.1 | ||||||||||
1074 | characters typed into the Main window's DOK, or Region boxes should be automatically shifted to upper case | 6.4.1 | ||||||||||
1075 | characters typed into the Capture window's primary administrative subdivision, DOK, or Region boxes should be automatically shifted to upper case | 6.4.1 | ||||||||||
1076 | if the Subdivisions box is checked in the Other panel on the Config window's Awards tab, then the Recomp function should correct common misspellings of Canadian Province abbreviations and US Counties | 6.4.1 | ||||||||||
1077 | the "Check Progress" tab's WPX function should generate a WPX status report showing all worked or confirmed WPX prefixes in addition to the summary report it currently produces | 6.4.1 | ||||||||||
1078 | allow the Region item to be set to YU8 (Kosovo) in QSOs with Serbian stations | 6.4.2 | ||||||||||
1079 | characters typed into the Main window's secondary administrative subdivision box with "Optimize for realtime QSO entry" disabled in a QSO whose DXCC entity is European Russia, Asiatic Russia, Kaliningrad, Franz Josef Land, Malyj Vysotski Island, Ukraine, or Korea should be automatically shifted to upper case | 6.4.3 | ||||||||||
1080 | dates for QSL, eQSL, and LotW Sent/Rcvd items are presented in the short date format specified in the Windows Control Panel's Regional and Language Options applet | 6.4.3 | ||||||||||
1091 | use SpotCollector's LotW color to highlight LotW callsigns in the Capture window | 6.4.4 | ||||||||||
1097 | provide the option to import an ADIF file generated by TurboLog V3 | 6.4.7 | ||||||||||
1098 | re-arrange the SWL confirmation statement for cards and labels so that the SWL callsign appears last | 6.4.8 | ||||||||||
1100 | display the QSL Queue's "Sent Via" information as a user-modifiable selector; if an entry's "Sent Via" information is changed, update the QSL_SENT_VIA item of the logged QSO from which the entry was generated | 6.4.8 | ||||||||||
1101 | in the "Process QSLs and Addresses" tab, provide checkboxes that control whether Bureau and/or Direct cards are included when printing QSL cards, printing QSL labels, generating an ADIF file, or generating a tab-delimited file | 6.4.9 | ||||||||||
1102 | provides options that direct the Add Needed and Add Requested functions to set QSL Via to 'B' or 'D' when adding QSOs to the QSL Queue | 6.4.9 | ||||||||||
1103 | With the Import tab's "ADIF Style" panel set to "Turbolog V3", extracts "via Buro" and "via Direct" information from QSL_SENT tags | 6.5.2 | ||||||||||
1104 | With the Import tab's "ADIF Style" panel set to "Turbolog V3", replace a leading * in an imported callsign with a ! | 6.5.3 | ||||||||||
1108 | in SQL filter expressions, replace USER_X with the ADIF name of the user-defined item whose caption is X | 6.5.3 | ||||||||||
1081 | enable "Worked All Britain" award Areas to be captured in QSOs with stations in England, Wales, Scotland, Ireland, Northern Ireland, Jersey, Guernsey, or Isle of Man. (see http://www.worked-all-britain.co.uk/ ) | 6.5.4 | ||||||||||
1110 | allow the definition of Special DOKs and include them in the DOK report | 6.5.4 | ||||||||||
1113 | increase the speed of the WPX report | 6.5.4 | ||||||||||
1114 | extend the Script Report command to generate DOK reports | 6.5.5 | ||||||||||
1115 | enable the WPX progress report generator to only process QSOs in the Log Page Display, and extend the Script Report command to generate WPX reports | 6.5.5 | ||||||||||
1116 | provide a WAE progress report generator, and extend the Script Report command to generate WAE reports | 6.5.5 | ||||||||||
1117 | provide a CQ DX progress report generator, and extend the Script Report command to generate CQDX progress reports | 6.5.5 | ||||||||||
1118 | support new ADIF 2.2.0 fields for eQSL and LotW interchange | 6.5.5 | ||||||||||
1119 | exploit new ADIF QSL_RCVD V enumeration item for 'verified' | 6.5.5 | ||||||||||
1121 | provide a Russian District Award progress report generator, and extend the Script Report command to generate RDA progress reports | 6.5.5 | ||||||||||
1122 | Add Kosovo to the WAE country list | 6.5.6 | ||||||||||
1123 | provide a JARL Worked all Japanese Cities and Guns progress report generator, and extend the Script Report command to generate JCC-G progress reports | 6.5.6 | ||||||||||
1124 | provide a Worked All Britain progress report generator, and extend the Script Report command to generate WAB progress reports | 6.5.6 | ||||||||||
1125 | in the Other panel on the Config window's Awards tab, default the DARC DOK box to unchecked; only take the time to load the DARC DOK selectors if this box is checked | 6.5.6 | ||||||||||
1126 | in the Other panel on the Config window's Awards tab, default the CQ & DARC WAE box to unchecked; only take the time to load the CQ & DARC WA selectors if this box is checked | 6.5.6 | ||||||||||
1128 | provide the ability to generate independent WPX progress, summary, and submission reports | 6.6.2 | ||||||||||
1131 | add a
"Use each QSO's myQTHID as its QTH Nickname when uploading or
exporting" option to the QSL Config window's eQSL tab that
when checked
|
6.7.3 | ||||||||||
1132 | extend
the Script mechanism to accept new Report kinds
|
6.7.9 | ||||||||||
1133 | provide a QSL Status report that inspects all QSOs on the Log Page Display an shows outgoing count, incoming count, and return rate statistics for QSL cards, eQSL.cc, and LotW by mode and by band | 6.8.0 | ||||||||||
1135 | provide the option to include the split frequency in outgoing spot notes whether or not Commander is running | 6.8.8 | ||||||||||
1136 | add Brussels (code BR) as a primary administrative entity for Belgium | 6.9.1 | ||||||||||
1137 | when the "QSL Via" panel on the Main window's QSL tab is set to LotW, display the current QSL station location to be used in uploading QSOs to LotW | 6.9.1 | ||||||||||
866 | provide the option to automatically create a backup on shutdown | 6.9.2 | ||||||||||
1138 | provide the option to generate a submission report for the Russian District Award, and provides an RDA_submission script command | 6.9.3 | ||||||||||
1139 | provide a second set of printer media size and source selectors for use when printing envelopes | 6.9.5 | ||||||||||
1140 | when exporting a QSO in tab-delimited format, include the contents of the 8 user-defined fields | 6.9.5 | ||||||||||
1141 | provides an "Allow direct Subdivision entry" setting that when enabled allows direct entry and editing of the Primary and Secondary Administrative Subdivision items in the Award panel on the Main window's Log QSOs tab | 6.9.8 | ||||||||||
1142 | provides the ability to generate JARL WAJA, JCC, JCG, and AGA progress reports, and provides script commands to generate these reports | 6.9.8 | ||||||||||
494 | make it possible to invoke all SQL queries from the Main windows Log QSOs tab, with user-specified captions | 7.0.0 | ||||||||||
853 | provide the ability to generate a local spot from the Capture window (requires SpotCollector 4.6.2 or later) | 7.0.0 | ||||||||||
966 | increase the number of SQL filters to 16 | 7.0.0 | ||||||||||
1020 | ignore non-numeric keys typed into CQZ or ITUZ - in both windows | 7.0.0 | ||||||||||
1041 | improve
the number and accessibility of SQL filters
|
7.0.0 | ||||||||||
1042 | add
additional built-in filters to the Filter panel on the Main
window's "Log QSOs" tab
|
7.0.0 | ||||||||||
1112 | provide the option to automatically direct SpotCollector to generate a local spot when logging a QSO via the Capture window (requires SpotCollector 4.6.2 or later) | 7.0.0 | ||||||||||
1129 | add a Script execution button to the Main window's Log QSOs tab | 7.0.0 | ||||||||||
1143 | alphabetically sort the TQSL "station location" selector | 7.0.0 | ||||||||||
1144 | provide the option to generate a propagation forecast for the station's location on the captured TX frequency when entering a callsign in the Capture window and striking the Enter or Tab key or clicking the Lookup button with PropView and DXView both running | 7.0.0 | ||||||||||
1145 | provide the ability to execute scripts from the Main window's "Log QSOs" and Progress tabs | 7.0.0 | ||||||||||
1146 | when importing a QSO from Asiatic Russia, European Russia, Franz Josef Land, Malyj Vysotski, Ukraine, Japan, or Korea that specifies a secondary administrative subdivision but not a primary administrative subdivision, extract the primary from the secondary | 7.0.0 | ||||||||||
1148 | provide the option to generate a header record when exporting a tab-delimited file | 7.0.4 | ||||||||||
1149 | display the QSO's duration (if non-zero) in the QSO panel caption on the Main window's Log QSOs tab | 7.0.7 | ||||||||||
1150 | provide the option to generate a header record when generating a tab-delimited file from the QSL Queue | 7.0.9 | ||||||||||
1151 | in SQL expressions, ignore characters between // and \\ | 7.1.3 | ||||||||||
1152 | don't highlight in red font a QSL Queue entry that's missing an address if QSL_SENT_VIA is set to B (buro) | 7.1.3 | ||||||||||
1153 | add a loadlayout script command that specifies and applies a log page display layout file | 7.1.3 | ||||||||||
1154 | accept Japanese Ku as Secondary Administrative Subdivisions in QSOs with Japanese stations | 7.1.3 | ||||||||||
1160 | when Commander 7.4.1 (or later) is running, detect when the active transceiver requires frequency synchronization before logging or spotting, and performs that synchronization | 7.1.6 | ||||||||||
1157 | handle
the new Australian prefix rules for external territories
specified in
http://www.acma.gov.au/WEB/STANDARD..PC/PC=PC_1255#call
When presented with a 6-character VK9 callsign, determine the entity by inspecting the 5th character (C, L, M, N, W, or X) |
7.1.7 | ||||||||||
1159 | the Address Editor should display a "QSL Sent Via" selector that is correctly populated when is invoked by double-clicking a QSO or QSL Queue entry; if multiple QSOs are updating when clicking Save, their QSL_SENT_VIA as well as their ADDRESS should be updated | 7.1.7 | ||||||||||
1160 | include the number of SWL QSLs in the summary presented at the completion of an eQSL.cc QSL Sync operation | 7.1.7 | ||||||||||
1161 | when Commander isn't running or "Optimize for Realtime QSO Entry" is disabled, initialize a new QSO's RX frequency to the previously-logged QSO's frequency | 7.1.7 | ||||||||||
1162 | invoke the Recomp function while depressing the Alt key corrects primary administrative subdivisions corrupted by defect# 859 in QSOs where a valid secondary administrative subdivision is specified | 7.1.9 | ||||||||||
1163 | when Commander isn't running or "Optimize for Realtime QSO Entry" is disabled and a new QSO is being logged via the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab and the previously logged QSO's Propagation Mode is SAT, initialize a new QSO's RX frequency to the previously-logged QSO's RX frequency | 7.2.0 | ||||||||||
1164 | provide a TCP-IP server that accepts "log" and "eqslLog" commands from applications | 7.2.2 | ||||||||||
1165 | notify the user if the "Update LotW Membership" function finds no new LotW members | 7.2.2 | ||||||||||
1167 | add Olivia to the Mode filter panel | 7.2.5 | ||||||||||
1168 | if the Capture window's callsign is cleared after initiating a Lookup, terminate the lookup | 7.2.5 | ||||||||||
1169 | re-arrange the Capture window's controls in rows 3 and 4 for improved order | 7.2.5 | ||||||||||
1170 | provide the ability to import tab-delimited files with a header | 7.2.6 | ||||||||||
1172 | does not provide Marathon credit for maritime mobile and aeronautical mobile QSOs, consistent with 2008 rules | 7.2.9 | ||||||||||
1173 | generates the Marathon submission file in comma delimited format so it can be opened with a spreadsheet and its data copied and pasted into the Marathon Score Sheet | 7.2.9 | ||||||||||
1174 | remove middle name or middle initial when populating Name item from the RAC, Hamcall or QRZ CDROM | 7.2.9 | ||||||||||
1175 | add QSL Queue navigation controls to the Address Editor window (when editing a QSL Queue entry) | 7.2.9 | ||||||||||
1176 | depressing the CTRL key while invoking "Sync LotW QSOs" sets the Select item to 'Y' in each QSO found to match a QSO in LotW | 7.3.2 | ||||||||||
1158 | provide support for premium QRZ.com access (directly, without using Pathfinder) | 7.3.3 | ||||||||||
1178 | add
additional US county spelling corrections
|
7.3.5 | ||||||||||
1179 | apply US County spelling correction to the results of a callbook lookup | 7.3.5 | ||||||||||
1180 | if a callbook lookup initiated from the Capture window yields an invalid primary or secondary administrative subdivision, don't inform the user if the Subdivisions box in unchecked in the Other panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab | 7.3.5 | ||||||||||
1181 | provide the option to automatically update the Log Page Display layout file when layout changes are made | 7.3.6 | ||||||||||
666 | allow the user to specify a vertical "split", and limit horizontal scrolling to the columns on the right side of the split | 7.3.6 | ||||||||||
1182 | accelerate the resizing and moving of columns in the Log Page Display | 7.3.8 | ||||||||||
1183 | maintain horizontal scrolling positions between operating sessions, loading new log files, and filtering or sorting the Log Page Display | 7.3.9 | ||||||||||
332 | provide the option to print frequency or band information on QSL labels | 7.3.9 | ||||||||||
1185 | striking the Enter key in the Filter textbox will invoke the last SQL filter if that filter's SQL expression includes <FILTERTEXTBOX> | 7.4.2 | ||||||||||
1186 | remove the decimal separator from numbers displayed on the Main window's Log QSOs tab | 7.4.3 | ||||||||||
1187 | double-clicking a QSL Queue entry while depressing the ALT key displays the Address Editor, directs Pathfinder to perform a lookup, and directs DXView to perform a lookup | 7.4.5 | ||||||||||
1189 | improve the extraction of City names for addresses provided by QRZ-via-Pathfinder lookups | 7.4.7 | ||||||||||
1190 | generate Cabrillo for the ARRL-RTTY contest | 7.4.7 | ||||||||||
1191 | support Cabrillo 3.0 | 7.4.7 | ||||||||||
1192 | change Capture window's eQSL checkbox to mean "callsign is an Authenticity Guaranteed member of eQSL.cc" | 7.4.7 | ||||||||||
1193 | striking the Enter or Tab keys after entering a callsign in the Main window's "Log QSOs" panel will set the "eQSL Member" item to 'Y' if the "eQSL AG" database is installed and the callsign is an Authenticity Guaranteed member of eQSL.cc | 7.4.7 | ||||||||||
1194 | striking the Enter or Tab keys after entering a callsign in the Capture window, or invoking the Capture window's Lookup function will check the Capture window's "eQSL AG" box and color the Callsign box background if the "eQSL AG" database is installed and the callsign is an Authenticity Guaranteed member of eQSL.cc | 7.4.7 | ||||||||||
1195 | provide an "Update eQSL AG Membership" function that reviews each QSO in the log and sets its eQSL_Member item to 'A' if its callsign is found in the eQSL AG database | 7.4.7 | ||||||||||
1196 | include Authenticity Guaranteed eQSL.cc confirmations in WAZ, WPX, USA-CA, CQDX, and Maidenhead Fields progress reports | 7.4.7 | ||||||||||
1197 | convert the "Meteor Shower" box in the Propagation panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab to a selector pre-populated with Meteor Shower names that allows the user to select a shower name to type in a new once, and convert the "Meteor Shower" box on the Config window's Defaults tab to a selector pre-populated with Meteor Shower names that allows the user to select a shower name to type in a new once | 7.4.8 | ||||||||||
1198 | add "alpha-Aurigids" to the Meteor Shower selectors | 7.4.9 | ||||||||||
1199 | provide the ability to generate Cabrillo Category and Soapbox tags | 7.4.9 | ||||||||||
1200 | add Cabrillo support for the EPC-WW-DX contest | 7.4.9 | ||||||||||
1201 | provide the ability to display eQSL.cc and LotW passwords | 7.5.0 | ||||||||||
1202 | when generating a CQ Marathon progress report or submission, replaces missing frequencies with the band's lower-edge frequency as specified in the band definition file | 7.5.0 | ||||||||||
1203 | depressing CTRL while clicking the Capture window's Clear button selects the last entry in the "Log Page Display" | 7.5.3 | ||||||||||
1205 | provide
a Fix_US_Counties script that applies USA-CA corrections:
* AL,De Kalb => AL,DeKalb |
7.5.7 | ||||||||||
1206 | For QSL cards and 2-column labels, replace "include 'via buro' in confirmation" options with "via [buro]" options that include the target buro's DXCC prefix in the confirmation line | 7.5.7 | ||||||||||
1207 | Provide an "Include [buro]" option for 3-column labels that when enabled includes the target buro's DXCC prefix in the label's bottom line | 7.5.7 | ||||||||||
1208 | provide a <buro> substitution command that if the QSO's QSL_VIA is set to 'B' (bureau), produces [x buro] where x is the destination entity's DXCC prefix | 7.5.7 | ||||||||||
1209 | provide the option to set each imported QSO's QSL Sent item to 'R' unless the imported value is 'Y' | 7.5.8 | ||||||||||
1210 | permit applications directing the Log Page Display to be filtered to optionally specify the contents of the Filter panel textbox | 7.5.8 | ||||||||||
1211 | Depressing
the Ctrl key while clicking the UTC, Band, Mode, or SQL
panel's Filter buttons refines the existing Log Page
Display filter by applying the new filter to those QSOs
visible in the Log Page Display. |
7.5.9 | ||||||||||
1212 | add JT65A, JT6M, and Thor to the DefaultModes.txt file | 7.6.1 | ||||||||||
1213 | add 560m (.501 - .504 MHz) to the DefaultBands.txt file | 7.6.1 | ||||||||||
1214 | provide a DDFM award progress report | 7.6.3 | ||||||||||
1215 | provide SRR award progress and submission reports | 7.6.4 | ||||||||||
1155 | provide a "RAC Canadaward" progress report | 7.6.5 | ||||||||||
1216 | when invoked with the Log Page Display filtered, the "DXCC, Challenge, Top" Progress report should ask whether the filter should be cleared before generating the report | 7.6.5 | ||||||||||
1217 | when invoked with the Log Page Display filtered, the "QSL Stats" report should ask whether the filter should be cleared before generating the report | 7.6.5 | ||||||||||
1218 | extend the "DXCC, Challenge, Top" panel's Progress report to display confirmation statistics: by card, by LotW, and (if enabled) by eQSL | 7.6.5 | ||||||||||
1220 | characters between // and // on a line in a script file are ignored | 7.6.5 | ||||||||||
1221 | when initializing a QSO with callbook data, ignores the word "via" if its the first word of the returned QSL manager | 7.6.5 | ||||||||||
1222 | when creating a new QSO via the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, leave "eQSL member" and "LotW member" empty if the callsign is not an eQSL or LotW participant, rather than set them to 'N' | 7.6.5 | ||||||||||
1223 | speed up Freq-to-BandName computation when no two ham bands live in the same 1 MHz | 7.6.5 | ||||||||||
1224 | Alt-= in the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab or Capture window moves the mouse cursor to the ARRL, Region, or DOK item (if visible) | 7.6.5 | ||||||||||
1225 | Alt-0 through Alt-7 in the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab or Capture window moves the mouse cursor to user-defined fields 0 through 7 respectively | 7.6.5 | ||||||||||
1226 | Alt-/ in the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab or Capture window moves the mouse cursor to the TX_Power item | 7.6.5 | ||||||||||
1227 |
provide the option to maintain a Realtime Award Tracking information for the WAZ family of awards
|
7.6.5 | ||||||||||
1228 | when LotW responds to a Sync LotW QSOs or Sync LotW QSLs operation with HTML containing an error message instead of with ADIF records, display the HTML in the user's web browser rather than as a text file so the error message will be more readable | 7.6.5 | ||||||||||
1229 | after sorting the Log Page Display in response to the user double-clicking the caption of a Log Page Display column, display that caption in the Sort panel | 7.6.5 | ||||||||||
1230 | provide a new WAZVerified QSO item that indicates whether a QSO has been submitted for WAZ verification or verified | 7.6.5 | ||||||||||
1231 | use the new ADIF CREDIT_SUBMITTED and CREDIT_GRANTED fields to import and export submission and verification information for WAZ awards | 7.6.5 | ||||||||||
1232 | enable the Advanced window's Modify QSOs panel to compute each QSO's PFX field when the the "item new value" is set to <compute> | 7.6.5 | ||||||||||
1235 | provide the option to specify the precision used for frequencies in progress and submission reports | 7.6.6 | ||||||||||
1236 | invoking the DXCC filter on the Main window's Log QSOs panel with the Filter panel textbox empty filters the log for QSOs whose DXCC entity match that of the currently-selected QSO | 7.6.6 | ||||||||||
1237 | invoking the Call filter on the Main window's Log QSOs panel with the Filter panel textbox empty filters the log for QSOs whose callsign match that of the currently-selected QSO | 7.6.6 | ||||||||||
1235 | with the Config window's Awards tab's Other panel's Subdivision box enabled, correct incorrect capitalization of secondary subdivisions when importing or performing Sync LotW QSLs | 7.6.6 | ||||||||||
1236 | provide a Reset button in the "Log Page Display" panel on the Config window's Log tab that when clicked sets the Log Page Display's row height and column widths to default values based on the current font size | 7.6.6 | ||||||||||
1237 | extend
Realtime Award Tracking for WAZ awards to support
zone-band-mode tracking
|
7.6.6 | ||||||||||
1238 | on the Config window's General tab, create separate option panels for settings governing operation of the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab and for settings governing operation of the Capture window | 7.6.6 | ||||||||||
1239 | when printing QSL cards or labels with "Print Preview" enabled, restore the Print Preview window if its minimized | 7.6.6 | ||||||||||
1240 | after importing QSOs, direct SpotCollector (if running) to recompute its award progress | 7.6.6 | ||||||||||
1241 | move Import statistics to a separate window that is displayed during and after importing, and provide a Stats button to re-display this window if it has been closed | 7.6.6 | ||||||||||
1242 | provide the ability to import QSOs exported from DXBase version 5 using Btrieve and DXBConvt and | 7.6.6 | ||||||||||
1243 | ignore hyphen characters typed into the DOK item in the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab or in the Capture window | 7.6.6 | ||||||||||
1244 | provide an option that prevents the modification of logged QSOs unless an Edit button is first clicked | 7.6.7 | ||||||||||
1245 | after a QSO is logged, change the Log button on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab to a "Save" button | 7.6.7 | ||||||||||
1246 | extend the Import Progress Report to include WAZ band-modes | 7.6.8 | ||||||||||
1247 | extend the Import post-eQSL sync progress report to include WAZ band-modes | 7.6.8 | ||||||||||
1094 | if an eQSL Nickname is specified on the "QSL Config" window's eQSL.cc tab, display this eQSL.cc Nickname beneath the "Upload to eQSL.cc" button on the Main window's QSL tab. | 7.6.9 | ||||||||||
1248 | provide the ability to download and display QSL images for QSOs confirmed via eQSL.cc | 7.6.9 | ||||||||||
1249 | provide the option to retain eQSL images in DXKeeper's "eQSL Images" sub-folder; when the user clicks the Display button, check to see whether the eQSL image has already been downloaded, and if so display the already-downloaded image -- unless the user has depressed the CTRL key while clicking the Display button, in which case a new eQSL image is downloaded and replaces the existing image | 7.7.0 | ||||||||||
1250 | when attempting to synchronize with eQSL.cc, extract and display any error message returned by eQSL.cc | 7.7.3 | ||||||||||
1251 | on startup, display the Realtime Award Tracking window if it was on-screen when DXKeeper last terminated | 7.7.5 | ||||||||||
1252 | if a callsign lookup returns a QSL Via that is identical to the station's callsign, act as if no QSL Via was specified by the Callbook | 7.8.0 | ||||||||||
1253 | extend the Advanced window's Modify QSOs panel to enable selection of options for the QSL Message, Satellite Name, Satellite Mode, and Meteor Shower fields | 7.8.1 | ||||||||||
1254 | when initializing a QSO with callbook data, ignores the words "qsl via" if they are the first words of the returned QSL manager | 7.8.1 | ||||||||||
1255 | provides each user-defined item with an Init box on the Config window's User Items tab that if "Display previous QSOs on Lookup" is enabled determines whether or not the item is initialized from previous QSOs, with priority given to the most recent previous QSO | 7.8.1 | ||||||||||
1256 | include the Name and DXCC entity code in each record when exporting an ADIF file from the QSL Queue | 7.8.5 | ||||||||||
1257 | move the database version information from the Config window's Defaults tab to a new DXCC Database Info window that is displayed when the new Database Info button on the bottom of the Config window's General tab is clicked | 7.9.3 | ||||||||||
1258 | provide the optional ability to specify the default transmit power by band on the Config window's Defaults tab | 7.9.3 | ||||||||||
1259 | provide the option to exclude deleted entities from a DXCC submission | 7.9.7 | ||||||||||
1260 | provide the option to specify a default RST Sent and RST Rcvd | 7.9.8 | ||||||||||
1261 | in the Advanced window's Modify QSOs window, accept one-operator numeric expressions in the "Item New Value" box when the "Item ADIF field name" selector is set to Freq or Freq_RX, e.g. /1000 or +.1 | 8.0.6 | ||||||||||
1262 | if DXView 3.2.5 or later is running, utilize the Region and Primary information it reports when initializing a QSO in the Capture window or Main window's "Log QSOs" tab | 8.0.7 | ||||||||||
1263 | when performing a lookup for other applications, return the Region code | 8.0.7 | ||||||||||
1264 | provides the option to capture Holyland regions in QSOs with Israeli stations, and generates a Holyland progress report | 8.0.7 | ||||||||||
1265 | expand RST Sent item on QSL cards and 2-wide labels from 3 to 4 characters | 8.0.8 | ||||||||||
1266 | generate a "worked all Hungarian Counties" progress report | 8.0.9 | ||||||||||
1267 | extend "worked all Hungarian Counties" progress report to display MARZ codes | 8.1.0 | ||||||||||
1268 | provides the option to use HamCall.net as an callbook | 8.1.0 | ||||||||||
1269 | Add 'I' to the QSL_Sent item, and add both 'N' and 'I' to the LotW_QSL_Sent and EQSL_QSL_Sent items | 8.1.1 | ||||||||||
1270 | when importing an ADIF file with "ADIF Style Options" set to DXBase, recover JCC and JCG info from SPEC1 fields | 8.1.1 | ||||||||||
1271 | accept Deleted_Entity in an SQL expression | 8.1.1 | ||||||||||
1272 | include the time in backup filenames | 8.1.1 | ||||||||||
1274 | when importing an ADIF file with "ADIF Style Options" set to DXBase, interpret <DXBVAL:1>0 to mean that the QSO is invalid for DXCC awards, and set QSL_RCVD to 'I'' | 8.1.1 | ||||||||||
1275 | accept a Region Code from SpotCollector 5.0.3 or later when the user activates a spot database entry | 8.1.2 | ||||||||||
1276 | extract region and primary codes from DXCC database locations when DXView isn't running | 8.1.3 | ||||||||||
1277 | generate a "Worked All Italian Provinces" progress report | 8.1.5 | ||||||||||
1278 | when synchronizing QSOs or QSLs with LotW, QSO reported by LotW whose Mode is DATA will be considered to match a logged QSO whose mode "counts" as RTTY for ARRL awards | 8.1.6 | ||||||||||
1279 | provide an "Add Unconfirmed to QSL Queue" option to the Main window's Check Progress tab that when enabled causes the VUCC progress report to insert needed but unconfirmed QSOs into the QSL Queue | 8.1.7 | ||||||||||
1280 | after a progress report adds QSLs to the QSL Queue, display the number of QSLs added | 8.1.8 | ||||||||||
1281 | if "Sync LotW QSLs" confirms a QSO whose QSL_RCVD item is set to 'S', note it in the summary of results | 8.1.8 | ||||||||||
1282 | consider LotW confirmations in the WAC progress report | 8.1.8 | ||||||||||
1283 | accept default "RST sent & rcvd" of the form X/Y, where X specifies the default report for phone modes, and Y specified the default report for non-phone modes | 8.1.9 | ||||||||||
1284 | provide the ability to quickly locate a myQTH ID | 8.1.9 | ||||||||||
1285 | when
importing a file with the ADIF style set to LOGic,
|
8.2.4 | ||||||||||
1286 | generate Cabrillo for the SAC-CW and SAC-SSB contests | 8.2.4 | ||||||||||
1287 | increase the number of allowable myQTHs from 1024 to 4096 | 8.2.5 | ||||||||||
1288 | deal with change from "USA" to "United States" in the country name returned by the QRZ.com subscription lookups | 8.2.7 | ||||||||||
1289 | move the "Missing labels" textbox into the "Process QSLs and Addresses" panel, and moves the "Self-addr envel" panel to the Main window's QSL tab | 8.2.7 | ||||||||||
1290 | in the QRZ.com subscriber lookup, format the address based on the new postal DXCC code | 8.2.8 | ||||||||||
1291 | re-arrange the Contest panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab so the Contest ID selector can be wider | 8.2.8 | ||||||||||
1292 | accommodate
changes to QRZ.com XML interface 1.15
|
8.2.8 | ||||||||||
1293 | provide a "Print Self-addressed Envelope" option in the Log Page Display popup menu | 8.3.1 | ||||||||||
1295 | improve
IOTA support
|
8.3.1 | ||||||||||
1296 | add SO-67 to the satellite selector | 8.3.4 | ||||||||||
1299 | recognize APP_WRITELOG_PREF when the ADIF Style is set to WRITELOG | 8.3.4 | ||||||||||
1302 | enable the Name, QTH, and Address fields to display the full ANSI code set | 8.3.5 | ||||||||||
1303 | when performing a callbook lookup, accept an accurate grid square returned by DXView from an override | 8.3.7 | ||||||||||
1304 | depressing the CTRL key while clicking the Award Progress Filter panel's Report button on the Realtime Award Tracking window's DXCC tab generates a report showing all entities shown by the specified filter sorted in entity name order | 8.3.7 | ||||||||||
1305 | provide an option to make each outgoing QSL card or label request a confirmation by displaying 'please!' or 'pse!' unless the QSO has already been confirmed | 8.3.7 | ||||||||||
1306 | accept CQ zone, ITU zone, and Web page URL information from a QRZ.com via Pathfinder callbook lookup | 8.3.7 | ||||||||||
1307 | CTRL-CBA doesn't pre-clear items in the current QSO; its updates each item in the current QSO for which the callbook or DXCC database provides information | 8.3.7 | ||||||||||
1308 | ADIF
2.2.4 support: update Italian primary administrative
subdivisions
|
8.3.8 | ||||||||||
1309 | ADIF
2.2.4 support: update Sardinian primary administrative
subdivisions
|
8.3.8 | ||||||||||
1310 | ADIF
2.2.4 support: update Belarusian primary administrative
subdivisions
|
8.3.8 | ||||||||||
1311 | ADIF 2.2.4 support: define primary administrative subdivisions for Croatia and Ireland | 8.3.8 | ||||||||||
1313 | extend "Add Unconfirmed" to the USA-CA progress report | 8.4.0 | ||||||||||
1315 | In the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, CTRL-double-clicking the file item will display a file selector window | 8.4.1 | ||||||||||
1316 | Add HO-68 to the Satellite selectors | 8.4.1 | ||||||||||
1317 | when a Spot Database Entry is activated, place its Tags in the Capture window's Comment box | 8.4.1 | ||||||||||
1318 | provides an "Include radio name in QTH ID" option that when enabled, assembles the default QTH ID by appending the Radio Name specified for the currently-selected transceiver in Commander to the specified "root QTH ID" | 8.4.1 | ||||||||||
1319 | depressing the CTRL key while clicking the Filter panel's DXCC button displays only QSOs whose DXCC entity prefix matches the DXCC entity prefix specified in the Filter panel textbox | 8.4.2 | ||||||||||
1312 | provide a <Capitalized> option for the "Modify QSOs" item's "Item New Value" box that is replaced by the current contents with its first letter capitalized, and performs the same function when found in a script's Modify command | 8.4.3 | ||||||||||
1320 | provide a <Filename> option for the "Modify QSOs" item's "Item New Value" box that if the field being modified is the File field is replaced by the simple filename, and performs the same function when found in a script's Modify command | 8.4.3 | ||||||||||
1321 | provide the DDE-accessible cell LookupResults whose contents after a DDE Lookup command are set to the callsign, name, QTH, last QSO date and time, last QSO frequency, last QSO mode, and previous QSO conveyed with ADIF tags | 8.4.3 | ||||||||||
1322 | CTRL-S in the filter panel textbox filters the Log Page Display by the SQL Expression in the filter panel textbox | 8.4.3 | ||||||||||
1323 | provide the ability to specify the folder in which downloaded eQSL images are stored | 8.4.3 | ||||||||||
1324 | when importing a QSO from the Alaska, Hawaii, Unitied States, Asiatic Russia, European Russia, Franz Josef Land, Kaliningrad, or Malyj Vystotski Island that specifies a Secondary subdivision but not a Primary subdivision, attempts to recover the Primary subdivision from the Secondary subdivision | 8.4.4 | ||||||||||
1325 | provide a "WPX Bands & Modes" panel that enables the user to specify which WPX prefix-bands and prefix-modes are being pursued, and extend the WPX Progress Report to display the status of pursued bands and modes | 8.4.5 | ||||||||||
1326 | expand "Add Unconfirmed" to populate the QSL Queue with unconfirmed QSOs needed to confirm CQ WPX prefixes, prefix-bands, and prefix-modes | 8.4.5 | ||||||||||
1327 | extend the WPX Submission report to consider the settings on the "WPX Bands & Modes" panel | 8.4.6 | ||||||||||
1328 | use an "always on top" window to display the number of QSLs added to the QSL Queue by the "Add Unconfirmed" option | 8.4.6 | ||||||||||
1329 | include GridSquare in the DDE-accessible cell LookupResults | 8.4.6 | ||||||||||
1330 | eliminate the "Add Unconfirmed" option; extend "Add Needed" to populate the QSL Queue with needed QSOs for the Awards specified in the Add Needed panel on the QSL Config window's General tab | 8.4.8 | ||||||||||
1331 | make the "Add Needed requests all with same call, Add Needed requests all with same Mgr, Add Needed sets Sent Via to 'B', and Add Needed sets Sent Via to 'D' options work with Awards other than DXCC and WAZ | 8.4.9 | ||||||||||
1332 | extend the "DXCC, Challenge, & TopList" panel's QSL Kind Report to operate on a filtered Log Page Display | 8.4.9 | ||||||||||
1335 | add 4O, E7, FJ, and KH8S to the DXBase prefix conversion database | 8.5.2 | ||||||||||
1336 | double-clicking the underlined label of the selected item on the Main window's Log QSOs tab deselects that item and sets cursor focus in the Filter panel textbox | 8.5.4 | ||||||||||
1337 | extends the VUCC report generator to include a satellite report and reports for the bands between 1.25m and light | 8.5.4 | ||||||||||
1338 | Add ROS, WINMOR, and WSPR to the default set of MODE (ADIF 2.2.5) | 8.5.6 | ||||||||||
1339 | With the "Determine missing items from entity and primary administrative subdivision" option enabled while importing a QSO whose DXCC entity is specified but is not Canada, the US, Alaska, Hawaii, or a US possession, perform a DXCC database lookup and fill in the CQ zone, ITU zone, Continent, and IOTA tag if they are not specified in the imported QSO but can be unambiguously determined from imported callsign. | 8.5.7 | ||||||||||
1340 | when performing a DXCC database lookup while importing a QSO, fill in the primary administrative subdivision if it's not specified in the imported QSO but can be unambiguously determined from the imported callsign | 8.5.7 | ||||||||||
1341 |
in DefaultModes.txt,
|
8.5.8 | ||||||||||
1342 | placing the mouse cursor in the Freq RX item on the Capture window or on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab should should select the contents of that item | 8.5.8 | ||||||||||
1343 | enable Contest-mode to be enabled or disabled from the Capture window | 8.5.8 | ||||||||||
1344 | provide a <dx> QSL substitution command | 8.6.1 | ||||||||||
1345 | trim the <distance> and <dx> expansions to report distances with accuracy to the nearest mile or kilometer | 8.6.2 | ||||||||||
1345 | conveys user-defined item descriptions to WinWarbler | 8.6.2 | ||||||||||
1346 | can be directed by another application to display a particular tab of its Config window | 8.6.2 | ||||||||||
1347 | In the Main window's "User-defined" panel, reduce the width of the data boxes to permit larger item names | 8.6.2 | ||||||||||
1348 | When adding an SWL report to the QSL queue, determine the SWL callsign's DXCC entity so that if the QSL will be conveyed via the buro, the correct buro is identified | 8.6.3 | ||||||||||
1349 | includes QSL buro routing in the confirmation line of SWL reports printed on 2-wide labels | 8.6.3 | ||||||||||
1350 | expand the correction of US county mis-spellings to include a spelling changes instituted in USA-CA in early 2009, and apply this correction when importing or performing a log update with the Other panel's Subdivision box checked on the Config window's Awards tab | 8.6.6 | ||||||||||
926 | provide the option to specify that a QSO has received partial DXCC credit: Entity only, Entity and Band only, and Entity and Mode only | 8.6.7 | ||||||||||
1351 | provide a "VUCC vfy" item in the Main window's QSL tab | 8.6.8 | ||||||||||
1352 | provide the ability to report discrepancies between log verification status and ARRL DXCC verification status | 8.6.9 | ||||||||||
1353 | adds the JT4A, JT4B, JT4C, JT4D, JT4E, JT4F, JT4G, JT65B, and JT65C modes defined in ADIF 2.2.6 | 8.6.9 | ||||||||||
1354 | provide the ability to specify the frequency precision used in ADIF and tab-delimited files exported from the QSL Queue | 8.6.9 | ||||||||||
1355 | if "PC has no internet connection" is enabled on the QSL Config window's LotW tab, the DXCC Verification will prompt the user to obtain a specified web page from an internet-connected PC and place the resulting content in a specified file, from which discrepancies will be reported | 8.7.0 | ||||||||||
1356 | provide the ability select the date format used on QSL cards, QSL labels, and in tab-delimited files exported from the QSL Queue or Log Page Display | 8.7.0 | ||||||||||
1357 | includes ADIF_VER and PROGRAMVERSION in the header of ADIF files exported from the Main window's "Export QSOs" tab | 8.7.1 | ||||||||||
1358 | if Windows reports a "the directory or file cannot be created" error while creating a backup, report this to the user | 8.7.3 | ||||||||||
1359 | handle missing address lines from a "QRZ.com via Pathfinder" lookup | 8.7.3 | ||||||||||
1360 | update the Primary Subdivision Database in support of changes to Russian subyekts implemented by SRR and in in ADIF 2.2.6 | 8.7.3 | ||||||||||
1361 | Updates the Secondary Subdivision Databases in support of changes to Russian oblasts and districts implemented in ADIF 2.2.6 and RDA Press release #10 | 8.7.3 | ||||||||||
1362 | if in the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab the TX frequency of a simplex QSO is modified and the cursor is subsequently moved to the RX frequency box in the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, the RX frequency is updated to match the TX frequency | 8.7.8 | ||||||||||
1362 | extend the Advanced window's Modify command to accept an Item New Value of <compute> when the Item ADIF Field Name is set to STATE and determine each QSO's primary administrative subdivision by extracting it from the secondary administrative subdivision | 8.7.9 | ||||||||||
1363 | use preferred new QRZ XML URL: http://xml.qrz.com/xml | 8.7.9 | ||||||||||
1364 | typing CTRL 1 through CTRL 9 in an RST Sent or RST Rcvd item sets the signal report to 51 through 59 if the QSO's mode is phone or 519 through 599 if the QSO's mode is not phone | 8.8.1 | ||||||||||
1365 | replace "Generate local spot on Capture log" with "Local spot on callsign acquisition" | 8.8.2 | ||||||||||
1366 | when the Capture window Spot function is invoked with no grid square specified, the outgoing spot notes will be >G where G is the operator's grid square | 8.8.2 | ||||||||||
1367 | generates a progress report for the RSGB Worked ITU Zones award | 8.8.3 | ||||||||||
1368 | generate a report that displays information about unique callsigns in the Log Page Display | 8.8.5 | ||||||||||
1369 | provide the ability to generate unique callsigns reports from a script | 8.8.6 | ||||||||||
1370 | provide the ability to generate Worked All ITU Zones reports from a script | 8.8.6 | ||||||||||
1371 | make the operator's grid square, as specified in the current "my QTH" or by the "QTH Latitude" and "QTH Longitude" on the Config window's Defaults tab, accessible to other DXLab applications | 8.8.6 | ||||||||||
1372 | when generating a spot note for a spot above 50 mHz that includes grid squares, don't truncate 6-character grid squares to 4 characters | 8.8.6 | ||||||||||
1373 | provide an <rstrcvd> QSL substitution command | 8.8.7 | ||||||||||
1374 | provide the option to append Special Callsign Tags reported by DXView and SpotCollector to the Comment item | 8.8.7 | ||||||||||
1380 | provide an option to include a specified log item in each entry in each line of the QSL Aging report | 8.9.2 | ||||||||||
1381 | provide an N3FJP import option that converts a Mode of PH to SSB | 8.9.3 | ||||||||||
1382 | provide the option to indicate LotW and eQSL AG membership status via the background color of each entry in the Log Page Display | 8.9.3 | ||||||||||
1383 | provide a <myqthid> QSL substitution command | 8.9.4 | ||||||||||
1384 | add "WA-State-Salmon-Run" tp the "Contest ID" selector, and reference the State QSO Party template when generating a Cabrillo log for this contest | 8.9.4 | ||||||||||
1385 | if the current QSO contains an invalid item, allow a script to be run | 8.9.4 | ||||||||||
1386 | provide a "First QSOs" function that sets the Select item of each QSO in your log to Y if it's the chronologically first QSO with its callsign, or to N if the QSO's callsign was already worked in an earlier QSO, and then filters the Log Page Display to show only QSOs whose Select item is set to Y | 8.9.4 | ||||||||||
1387 | include deleted PJ2, deleted PJ5, and new PJ DXCC entities in 2010 CQ Marathon | 8.9.7 | ||||||||||
1388 | provide a FIX_PJ scripts that corrects the country code and "entity prefix" in QSOs with Bonaire, Curacao, Sint Maarten, and "St Eustatius and Saba" | 8.9.9 | ||||||||||
1389 | update the CQ Marathon report driver to reflect permanent country codes for the new PJ DXCC entities | 8.9.9 | ||||||||||
1390 | display CQ prefixes and country names rather than ARRL prefixes and country names in CQ Marathon progress and submission reports | 8.9.9 | ||||||||||
1391 | update CQ Marathon prefixes and entity names to match 2010 score sheet | 8.9.9 | ||||||||||
1392 | report duplicate QSOs found by "Sync LotW QSOs" operation | 9.0.1 | ||||||||||
1393 | update the FIX_PJ script to handle QSOs with the deleted "Bonaire, Curacao" and "St. Maarten, Saba, St. Eustatius" entities | 9.0.1 | ||||||||||
1394 | update the FIX_MISC script to include the contents of the FIX_PG script | 9.0.1 | ||||||||||
1395 | double-clicking Power item in the QSO panel on the Main window's Log QSOs tab sets the default transmit power | 9.0.2 | ||||||||||
1396 | provide a "Default Transmit power by mode" option on the Config window's Defaults tab | 9.0.3 | ||||||||||
1397 | add a SWISSLOG entry to the "ADIF Style options" panel on the Main window's "Import QSOs" tab that enables the acceptance and correction of standard and non-standard tags in ADIF files generated by SWISSLOG | 9.0.4 | ||||||||||
1398 | identify non-unique addresses in the Address Report to make it clear which QSLs can share an envelope | 9.0.5 | ||||||||||
1399 | make the QSL Message visible in the QSL Queue | 9.0.5 | ||||||||||
1400 | rename the "Address Editor" window the "QSL Editor" window, and enable it to select, enter, or edit the QSL Message | 9.0.5 | ||||||||||
1401 | provide "Update LotW membership" and "Update eQSL AG membership" options on the Main window's Import tab | 9.0.6 | ||||||||||
1402 | the "QSL Editor" window should permit the QSL Message to be chosen from among the defaults specified on the "QSL Config" window's "QSL Msgs" tab | 9.0.6 | ||||||||||
1403 | provides and <band> and <mode> QSL substitution commands | 9.0.6 | ||||||||||
1404 | add a QSL# item to the QSL panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab | 9.0.8 | ||||||||||
1405 | if a QSL Queue entry does not specify an address, don't highlight it in red font if the "QSL Via" panel is set to LotW or eQSL | 9.0.8 | ||||||||||
1405 | when
importing QSOs with the ADIF Style set to SWISSLOG,
|
9.0.8 | ||||||||||
1406 | when creating a DXCC Planning Report, include the QSL# for QSOs that specify one | 9.1.0 | ||||||||||
860 | when creating a DXCC Card Record Sheet, place QSOs with the same QSL# at the end of the Record Sheet | 9.1.0 | ||||||||||
1407 | center the display of progress information in the Realtime Award Tracking window | 9.1.1 | ||||||||||
1408 | left-justify the display of prefixes in the Realtime Award Tracking window' DXCC tab | 9.1.2 | ||||||||||
1409 | when the Log Page Display is sorted by QSO Unique number, default to displaying the most recently-created QSOs | 9.1.4 | ||||||||||
1410 | provide the ability to reset the unique QSO numbers assigned to each of a log's QSOs | 9.1.4 | ||||||||||
1411 | disabling the "Optimize for realtime QSO entry" option sorts the Log Page Display in ascending order of Unique QSO number | 9.1.4 | ||||||||||
1412 | provide the option of specifying a single band or mode for the Marathon Progress or Submission report | 9.1.5 | ||||||||||
1413 | provide the option to substitute the specified default transmit power when importing a QSO that doesn't specify transmit power | 9.1.6 | ||||||||||
1415 | provide the option to display panels on the Main window's Log QSOs tab in two columns | 9.1.9 | ||||||||||
1417 | don't include the entity prefix in a DXCC card record record sheet | 9.2.2 | ||||||||||
1418 | provide Realtime Award Tracking for the CQ Marathon award | 9.2.4 | ||||||||||
1419 | in the Export operation, provide a Cancel option when asking the user whether or not to append or replace the contents of an existing file | 9.2.4 | ||||||||||
1420 | always count LotW confirmations in the VUCC Progress and Submission reports | 9.2.4 | ||||||||||
1421 | when processing QSOs or QSLs reported by LotW, consider PHONE to match any mode that counts for DXCC PHONE | 9.2.4 | ||||||||||
1422 | display the callsign for which realtime progress is being displayed in the Realtime Award Progress window's title bar | 9.2.4 | ||||||||||
1423 | accepts a command from other applications to display realtime progress | 9.2.4 | ||||||||||
1424 | if the DXCC filter is invoked when the Filter Textbox contains a hyphen, the log page display will be filtered by DXCC prefix, as if the user invoked CTRL-DXCC | 9.2.8 | ||||||||||
1425 | remove leading and trailing spaces when importing a tab-delimited file | 9.2.8 | ||||||||||
1426 | when importing a tab-delimited file, tolerate a line containing nothing but tabs | 9.2.8 | ||||||||||
1427 | renames the Verification button in the "DXCC, Challenge, & TopList" panel on the Main window's "Check Progress" tab to Compare | 9.2.9 | ||||||||||
1428 | provide a "Display File" option in the Log Page Display's "right-mouse" menu that is enabled if the selected QSO specifies a file in the Details panel's File item | 9.3.0 | ||||||||||
1429 | provide a "Display Eqsl" option in the Log Page Display's "right-mouse" menu that is enabled if the selected QSO is confirmed via eQSL.cc and specifies a valid date, and if the "QSL Setup" window's eQSL tab specifies a username and password | 9.3.0 | ||||||||||
1430 | expand the Marathon Progress Report header to show unworked and total countries and zones | 9.3.0 | ||||||||||
1431 | specify the current "station location" in the Main window's "Upload to LotW" right-click menu | 9.3.0 | ||||||||||
1432 | add
support for Club Log interoperation
|
9.3.0 | ||||||||||
1433 | add a CreditOnly item to each logged QSO | 9.3.0 | ||||||||||
1434 | while populating the QSL Queue with the "Add Requested" or "Add All" function and the "QSL Via" panel set to LotW, inform the user if at least one QSO isn't added to the QSL Queue because its station callsign doesn't match the callsign specified in the "Imit Add and Sync operations to this station callsign" box on the Conifiguration window's LotW tab | 9.3.0 | ||||||||||
1435 | provide a retry mechanism for Club Log batch uploads | 9.3.1 | ||||||||||
1436 | provide a DXCC Update function | 9.3.1 | ||||||||||
1437 | provide a retry mechanism for Club Log single QSO uploads | 9.3.2 | ||||||||||
1438 | provide
a "DXCC Credit Update" function on the Config window's Awards
tab that provides options that
- determines whether the DXCC Credit Update function reports changes that should be made, or both reports and implements those changes - specifies the action to take if DXKeeper cannot determine whether a QSO's QSL_RCVD or LotW_QSL_RCVD item should be set to 'V" - specifies whether logged QSOs that match a DXCC credit's callsign, DXCC entity, band, and mode -- but not it's date -- should be updated |
9.3.2 | ||||||||||
1439 | on the "QSL Config" window's LotW tab, replaces the "Set outgoing card/label QSL? to "thanks!" option with a "Consider LotW confirmations in outgoing card/label QSL? "please!/thanks!" decisions" option | 9.3.2 | ||||||||||
1440 | if DXKeeper offers a log backup before an operation and the backup fails, don't initiate the operation | 9.3.4 | ||||||||||
1441 | update DXCC Compare's driver file to reflect changes made to the DXCC Award Credit Matrix | 9.3.6 | ||||||||||
1443 | handle LotW mode-mapping implemented in Config.xml version 1.18 | 9.3.8 | ||||||||||
1445 | compensate for   => in ARRL DXCC credit report | 9.4.0 | ||||||||||
1446 | populate printer size selectors with sizes supported by selected printer | 9.4.1 | ||||||||||
1447 | when the "ADIF style options" panel is set to "TurboLog v3, v4", interpret <TL4_QSL_ACCEPTED:1>Y to mean "verified - DXCC Credit Granted", and set the QSO's QSL_RCVD item to V | 9.4.2 | ||||||||||
1448 | clearing the Capture window selects the last QSO in the Log Page Display | 9.4.3 | ||||||||||
1449 | when performing a QRZ.com callbook lookup for a country other than United States or Canada, if the result includes a "zip code" and the returned zip code does not appear in the returned address, append the returned zip code to the address. | 9.4.5 | ||||||||||
1450 | provide a separate media selector for labels | 9.4.5 | ||||||||||
1451 | recognize and report the error code generated when downloading a file from a URL fails because the destination file already exists and is read-only | 9.4.7 | ||||||||||
1452 | make "Microsoft Sans Serif" the default font if available; otherwise, use "MS Sans Serif" | 9.4.7 | ||||||||||
1453 | provide the option to use the alternative ClubLog file upload interface on port 8080 | 9.4.9 | ||||||||||
145 | allow inclusion of an image on printed QSL cards | 9.5.0 | ||||||||||
1454 | allow specification of the colors used to render a QSL card's grid heading text, grid data text, and grid lines | 9.5.0 | ||||||||||
1455 | in the QSL card grid, provide a line across the top of the header row, and thicken the line between the header row and first data row | 9.5.1 | ||||||||||
1456 | provides the option to display the Callsign on a QSL card below the last row of Upper Text | 9.5.1 | ||||||||||
1457 | improves the layout of the QSL Configuration window's "QSL Card" tab | 9.5.2 | ||||||||||
1458 | in the
Filter panel textbox on the Main window's Log QSOs tab,
interpret
|
9.5.4 | ||||||||||
1459 | when "Prompt the user to specify a file containing the already-downloaded contents of an eQSL.cc Inbox when a Sync eQSL.cc QSLs operation is performed" is enabled and the user invokes the "sync eQSL.cc QSLs" function, prompt the user to specify the "most recent synchronization date" | 9.5.4 | ||||||||||
1460 | provide a custom Cabrillo template for the Florida QSO Party | 9.5.4 | ||||||||||
1461 | provide the required API Key when uploading to ClubLog | 9.5.5 | ||||||||||
1462 | increase the speed of ClubLog upload pre-processing and post-processing | 9.5.5 | ||||||||||
1463 | add an APP_DXKEEPER_ClubLogDate item | 9.5.5 | ||||||||||
1464 | highlight LotW and eQSL AG members in QSL Queue entries using background color | 9.5.5 | ||||||||||
1466 | import text files exported by HamLog | 9.5.8 | ||||||||||
1467 | when logging a QSO in the Capture window or the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab with a Grid item specifying a valid two-character Maidenhead Field, append 00aa so a valid grid square will be logged | 9.5.8 | ||||||||||
1468 | provide the option to upload to ClubLog in smaller chunks when using slow internet access | 9.6.0 | ||||||||||
1469 | update Subdivision Database to reflect deleted Japanese Cities and Guns | 9.6.1 | ||||||||||
1470 | include Tokyo's 23 wards in the JCC progress report | 9.6.1 | ||||||||||
1471 | provide ability to filter the log page display to show all QSOs not confirmed via LotW with stations that have subsequently uploaded to LotW | 9.6.2 | ||||||||||
1472 | provide a "maximum age of most recent LotW upload to be considered 'active' setting | 9.6.2 | ||||||||||
1473 | on the Main window's "Export QSOs" tab, provide an "Update eQSL Sent" function that is enabled when the Options panel is set to "Export ADIF for eQSL.cc" | 9.6.3 | ||||||||||
1474 | provide an Export script command that can be used to export QSOs from the Log Page Display in ADIF, tab-delimited, or Cabrillo format | 9.6.3 | ||||||||||
1475 | if the Subdivision box is checked in the Other panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab, then when performing a "Sync LotW QSLs" operation report any confirmation with a station in the US, Hawaii, or Alaska that does not specify a valid US state | 9.6.5 | ||||||||||
1476 | provide a new VUCC box in the Other panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab; if this box is checked, then when performing a "Sync LotW QSLs" operation, report any 6m or 2m confirmation that does not specify a valid gridsquare | 9.6.5 | ||||||||||
1477 | on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, add a new Cfm item to the "Online QSL" panel's LotW sub-panel that contains a G if its LotW confirmation specifies a grid square and that contains an S if its LotW confirmation specifies a primary administrative subdivision (e.g. US State) | 9.6.7 | ||||||||||
1478 | the VUCC progress report places an NG (for "No Grid") in the LotW status of a QSO whose LotW confirmation does not specify a grid | 9.6.7 | ||||||||||
1479 | the WAS progress report places an NS (for "No State") in the LotW status of a QSO whose LotW confirmation does not specify a Primary Administrative Subdivision | 9.6.7 | ||||||||||
1480 | add an "Update from LotW" option to the Log Page Display's right-mouse menu | 9.6.7 | ||||||||||
1481 | respond to a wheeled mouse movement in the Capture window by directing Commander (version 9.3.2 or later) to give focus to its Bandspread window | 9.6.7 | ||||||||||
1482 | adds grid2, grid3, and grid4 items to each QSO, making them visible in the Award panel on the Main window's Log QSOs tab when the Other panel's VUCC box is checked on the Configuration window's Awards tab | 9.6.7 | ||||||||||
1483 | when
performing a Sync LotW QSLs operation,
|
9.6.7 | ||||||||||
1484 | extend the VUCC progress and submission reports to handle up to four grids per QSO | 9.6.7 | ||||||||||
1485 | provide tooltips for Log Page Display columns | 9.6.7 | ||||||||||
1486 | add AppendReport, Delete, and Display script commands | 9.6.7 | ||||||||||
1487 | add a DXCCCreditNumber item to each QSO for future use | 9.6.7 | ||||||||||
1488 | update the Marathon Driver file to reflect CQ's choice of ST0 as the prefix for Southern Sudan | 9.7.0 | ||||||||||
1489 | responds to a middle mouse button click in the Capture window's Call box of TX Freq box by directing Commander (version 9.3.2 or later) to give focus to its Bandspread window | 9.7.1 | ||||||||||
1490 | provide the ability to download DXCC credits from the ARRL, analyze them, and link them to logged QSOs | 9.7.2 | ||||||||||
1491 | use "missing" in VUCC and WAS reports instead of "NG" and "NS" respectively | 9.7.2 | ||||||||||
1493 | include ADDRESS in the ADIF record exported from the QSL Queue | 9.7.2 | ||||||||||
1494 | provide the option to not save non-callsign 'QSL Via' items to ADIF or tab-delimited files | 9.7.2 | ||||||||||
1495 | provide an option that enables the creation of credit-only QSOs | 9.7.3 | ||||||||||
1496 | provide the ability to generate a printable report containing DXCC Credits in the "DXCC Credit Display" | 9.7.4 | ||||||||||
1497 | improve Analyze and AutoLink reporting of DXCC Credits that don't exactly match any logged QSO | 9.7.4 | ||||||||||
1497 | provide a new <ReportsFolder> script substitution command that is replaced by the pathname of DXKeeper's Reports folder, and update sample scripts MultiWAS.txt, TriplePlay.txt, FFMA.txt, TriplePlay2008.txt, TriplePlay2009.txt, 2007 Results.txt | 9.7.5 | ||||||||||
1498 | include Log Filter in generated VUCC reports | 9.7.5 | ||||||||||
1499 | when performing a previous-QSO lookup, make user-defined item information harvested from previous QSOs available to other applications | 9.7.5 | ||||||||||
1503 | provide the option of pursuing the 5 Band WAZ award, ignoring QSOs on 80m, 40m, 20m, 15m, and 10m that are were made before 1979-01-01 in the "by-band" sections of the WAZ Progress Report | 9.7.6 | ||||||||||
1504 | add Cabrillo support for the LZ DX contest | 9.7.7 | ||||||||||
1505 | provide a WAZ summary report | 9.7.7 | ||||||||||
1506 | when updating a US QSO from LotW, update its "LotW Cfm" item with LotW State confirmation status whether or not the Subdivision box is checked on the Configuration window's Awards tab | 9.7.9 | ||||||||||
1507 | if "Record import errors in error file" is enabled and one or more import errors are detected, display the error file when the import operation is complete | 9.7.9 | ||||||||||
1508 | handle new "invalid session key" response from QRZ.com's XML interface | 9.7.9 | ||||||||||
1509 | provide the option to check overrides when importing | 9.7.9 | ||||||||||
1510 | support
conveying QSLs via Electronic File Transfer
|
9.8.1 | ||||||||||
1512 | On the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, ALT-CBA should not report callsigns for which a callbook lookup fails if the "Warn when callsign lookups fail" option is disabled | 9.8.3 | ||||||||||
1513 | Provides access to the HamQTH online callbook | 9.8.3 | ||||||||||
1495 | define
a <satconfirm> QSL substitution command
that for a satellite QSO expands to
via Satellite (Satname) |
9.8.5 | ||||||||||
1516 | modify ClubLog upload to work with new Clublog server | 9.8.7 | ||||||||||
1517 | When clicked without the CTRL key being depressed, the Club Log upload button will only upload all QSOs whose "Club Log" status is not set to 'Y' and whose "station callsign" item matches the Callsign specifies in the "Club Log" panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab | 9.8.8 | ||||||||||
1518 | enable navigation of the Realtime Award Tracking window's Marathon Award Progress tables by clicking an entry and then typing a number or letter | 9.8.9 | ||||||||||
1519 | enable navigation of the Realtime Award Tracking window's WAZ Award Progress tables by clicking an entry and then typing a number | 9.8.9 | ||||||||||
1520 | provide a "Hide unworked entities in progress report" option on in the "DXCC Bands & Modes" panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab | 9.8.9 | ||||||||||
1521 | support Cabrillo generation for RAC contests | 9.8.9 | ||||||||||
1522 | supports a new AppendText script command | 9.8.9 | ||||||||||
1523 | with no DXCC entity specified, performing a callbook lookup using a callbook that specifies a DXCC entity should set the DXCC entity | 9.9.0 | ||||||||||
1524 | when performing a callbook lookup for another application, include the "QSL Manager" in the results | 9.9.0 | ||||||||||
1525 | provide an RefineFilter script command that applies the specified filter to a filtered Log Page Display | 9.9.0 | ||||||||||
1526 | if an import operation can't be started, leave the Import tab's Start button enabled and explain to the user why an import operation can't be started if he or she tries to start one | 9.9.1 | ||||||||||
1527 | a generated Marathon Progress Report or Submission should only consider QSOs in the Log Page Display, and should leave the Log Page Display Filter unchanged | 9.9.2 | ||||||||||
1528 | enable the Report script command to generate a Marathon Progress Report for the current year | 9.9.2 | ||||||||||
1529 | generate a Cabrillo log for the UK DX RTTY contest | 9.9.2 | ||||||||||
1530 | if a QSO specifies an invalid grid square, latitude, or longitude, flash its label in blue font | 9.9.4 | ||||||||||
1531 | if a QSO specifies a valid latitude and a valid longitude but does not specify a grid square, flash the grid square label in blue font | 9.9.4 | ||||||||||
1532 | if a QSO specifies a valid grid square but not a latitude and longitude, flash the latitude and longitude labels in blue font | 9.9.4 | ||||||||||
1533 | when the Modify command is used to alter the Grid or AntPath items of a group of QSOs, automatically update the Latitude, Longitude, and Distance items of those QSOs | 9.9.4 | ||||||||||
1534 | when the Modify command is used to alter the Latitude, Longitude or AntPath items of a group of QSOs, automatically update the Grid and Distance items of those QSOs | 9.9.4 | ||||||||||
1535 | provide the option to include LotW confirmations in CQ DX, CQ Fields, CQ WPX, and Maidenhead Grids award progress | 9.9.4 | ||||||||||
1536 | extend
the Recompute operation to
|
9.9.5 | ||||||||||
1537 | setting font used in the Log Panels on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab also sets the fonts used in the Address Editor and QSL Editor | 9.9.6 | ||||||||||
1538 | extend the DXCC Credit Manager's Download function to update credits to which the ARRL has assigned a new credit number, and to update each logged QSOs linked to such a credit to reflect the new credit number | 9.9.7 | ||||||||||
1539 | generate an IOTA submission report | 9.9.8 | ||||||||||
1540 | include each QSO's QSL# in the IOTA submission report | 9.9.9 | ||||||||||
1541 | include each QSO's QSL# in the VUCC submission report | 9.9.9 | ||||||||||
1542 | include each QSO's QSL# in the WPX submission report | 9.9.9 | ||||||||||
1544 | update for Marathon 2012 submission rules (band instead of frequency, DIGITAL) | 10.0.3 | ||||||||||
1547 | change
the "new installation" default
|
10.0.4 | ||||||||||
1548 | report and ignore any station location that begins with one or more blank characters | 10.0.4 | ||||||||||
1549 | provide the ability to export an ADIF file containing a card submission for Online DXCC | 10.0.4 | ||||||||||
1550 | striking
CTRL-ALT E in the Filter panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs"
tab
|
10.0.4 | ||||||||||
1551 | provide the ability to generate and manage separate DXCC submissions from QSOs confirmed by QSL cards and LotW confirmations | 10.0.5 | ||||||||||
1552 | removed Malyj Vysotskij Island from the WAE progress report in conformance with a decision by the Worked All Europe committee | 10.0.6 | ||||||||||
1553 | add statistics for the 160 through 6 meter bands to the "ARRL-verified Honor Roll Countries" section of the DXCC progress report | 10.0.6 | ||||||||||
1554 | add QSO statistics to the "QSL Stats" function | 10.0.6 | ||||||||||
1555 | provide a DXCC QRP option | 10.0.9 | ||||||||||
1515 | change "RTTY" to "Digi" in ARRL progress displays and progress reports | 10.1.1 | ||||||||||
1556 | reduce the width of the Prefecture column in JARL progress reports | 10.1.1 | ||||||||||
1557 | replace <filtertextboxdxccid> with the ARRL Country Code of the callsign or callsign fragment specified in the Filter panel textbox | 10.1.2 | ||||||||||
1558 | support new URL used by eQSL image download | 10.1.2 | ||||||||||
1559 | extend the Submission window to support IOTA as well as DXCC submissions | 10.1.2 | ||||||||||
1560 | add a ModifyWithoutBackup script command | 10.1.3 | ||||||||||
1561 | If the Main window's "Import QSOs" panel's "Deduce missing items from the entity, primary subdivisions, and DXCC database" or "Query callbook and DXCC database for missing items" options are enabled and a QSO imported from a file or another application doesn't specify a Region item, deduce and import the Region item if possible | 10.1.4 | ||||||||||
1562 | preserve the "Export QSOs" tab's "export callsigns with leading !" setting between operating sessions | 10.1.4 | ||||||||||
1563 | when importing QSOs with the Duplicate Checking enabled, consider QSOs whose callsigns begin with ! | 10.1.4 | ||||||||||
1564 | when requesting confirmation for deleting a single QSO, display the callsign of the QSO in question | 10.1.5 | ||||||||||
1566 | in a Modify or ModifyWithoutBackup script command, replace <today> in the specified "new value" with the current UTC date in YYYY-MM-DD format | 10.1.7 | ||||||||||
1567 | provide a CTRL-Q keyboard shortcut in the Capture window that clears all Capture window fields, and places the cursor in the Call field without clearing the Log Page Display filter or scrolling the Log Page Display | 10.1.9 | ||||||||||
1568 | prevent focus from shift to the Main window and back when the Capture window is cleared | 10.2.0 | ||||||||||
1569 | if the selected printer does not support the selected print quality, choose the highest print quality available | 10.2.2 | ||||||||||
1570 | depressing the ALT key while initiating a CQ DX Marathon Progress Report verifies the entry for each CQ country by performing a callbook lookup, and verifies the entry for each CQ zone by performing a callbook lookup and, if the callbook lookup fails, a DXView lookup | 10.2.2 | ||||||||||
1571 | when assembling an LotW-only DXCC submission, search the log in ascending chronological order of LotW confirmation date so the generated submission has maximum commonality with LotW's proposed submission, minimizing the manual effort involved in changing LotW's proposed submission to match DXKeeper's | 10.2.4 | ||||||||||
1572 | CTRL-G in the Capture window logs the QSO and clears the Capture window | 10.2.4 | ||||||||||
1573 | CTRL-G in panels in the Main window's Log QSOs tab saves the current QSO | 10.2.4 | ||||||||||
1574 | CTRL-G and CTRL-L in the Filter panel textbox in the Main window's Log QSOs tab saves the current QSO | 10.2.4 | ||||||||||
1575 | CTRL-J in the Filter panel textbox in the Main window's Log QSOs tab saves the current QSO and creates a new QSO record (equivalent to clicking the New button) | 10.2.4 | ||||||||||
1576 | limit the generation of a DXCC submission to "Card-only" and "LotW-only" since these different search orders | 10.2.5 | ||||||||||
1577 | when syncing LotW QSLs, ignore an LotW-specified US county whose state does not match the QSO's US state | 10.2.8 | ||||||||||
1048 | provide the option to consider LotW confirmations when generating WAZ progress, subsmission, and summary reports | 10.2.9 | ||||||||||
1579 | includes QSOs confirmed by LotW in the WPX progress and submission reports | 10.3.0 | ||||||||||
1579 | include QSOs confirmed via LotW or via Authenticity-guaranteed members of eQSL in the WAE progress report | 10.3.0 | ||||||||||
1580 | includes by card, by eQSL AG, and by LotW subtotals in WPX progress and submission reports | 10.3.1 | ||||||||||
1581 | if internet access is available, depressing the CTRL key while clicking one of the Main window's Help buttons displays an an appropriate article in "Getting Started with DXLab" | 10.3.2 | ||||||||||
1582 | extends the WAE progress report to display and compute Band Points | 10.3.2 | ||||||||||
1583 | report duplicate QSOs encountered when performing a "Sync LotW QSLs" operation | 10.3.4 | ||||||||||
1584 | add a "Verified" column to the WAZ Progress Report | 10.3.4 | ||||||||||
1585 | import the contents of APP_N1MM_HQ into the "rx info" item | 10.3.5 | ||||||||||
1599 | add a "WAE 2 point low-band QSOs" option to the Other panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab | 10.3.5 | ||||||||||
1600 | display the station callsign specified in the currently-selected LotW station location on the "QSL Configuration" window's LotW tab, and - if the "QSL Via" panel is set to LotW - on the Main window's QSL tab | 10.3.5 | ||||||||||
1601 | when populating the QSL Queue with the "QSL Via" panel set to LotW, do not add to the QSL Queue any QSO whose station callsign does not match the station callsign specified in the currently-selected LotW station location | 10.3.5 | ||||||||||
1602 | when the "Upload to LotW" menu item is invoked, do not upload any QSO whose station callsign does not match the station callsign specified in the currently-selected LotW station location | 10.3.5 | ||||||||||
1605 | when downloading an image from eQSL, use the "suffix" from the URL provided by eQSL when creating the local image file | 10.3.5 | ||||||||||
1606 | if Retain eQSL images is enabled, when you click the eQSL Display button, DXKeeper will check for an already-downloaded .jpg file and display its contents if present; if no .jpg issue is found, DXKeeper will check for an already-downloaded .png file and display its contents if present. | 10.3.5 | ||||||||||
1607 | when performing a QRZ.com callbook lookup via XML Data or Pathfinder 4.8.5 or later, ignores grid squares, latitudes, and longitudes unless QRZ indicates that this information was entered by the user, computed from information entered by the user, or -- if the new "Ignore geocoded grid squares" option is not enabled -- derived from USA Geocoding data | 10.3.5 | ||||||||||
1608 | add "QSL Sent Via" to all IOTA reports | 10.3.5 | ||||||||||
1609 | expand the number of LotW station locations from 1000 to 4000 | 10.3.8 | ||||||||||
1610 | update "DXCC Compare" driver to handle new Niue prefix | 10.3.9 | ||||||||||
1611 | provide an updated FIX_USSR script that properly identify R1AN* calls between 1994 and 2012 | 10.3.9 | ||||||||||
1612 | provide an updated FIX_EU script that identifies T9 between 1993 and 2010 as E7 | 10.3.9 | ||||||||||
1613 | provide an updated FIX_MISC script that i Identify ZK2 between 1983 and 2012 as E6 | 10.3.9 | ||||||||||
1614 | correctly extract the city from the second line of a callbook address of the form NNNN,City | 10.4.1 | ||||||||||
1615 | expand the "Capture window F-keys via WW" option to forward function key invocations in the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab | 10.4.1 | ||||||||||
1616 | extend the "Update from LotW" function to update a logged QSO to indicate its acceptance by LotW if its not yet been confirmed | 10.4.2 | ||||||||||
1617 | add ISCAT and V4 to the default set of supported modes | 10.4.4 | ||||||||||
1618 | update
the Secondary Administrative Subdivision for European Russia's
City of Moscow and Moscowskaya oblasts
|
10.4.4 | ||||||||||
1619 | provide a user-modifiable list of valid Satellite names | 10.4.7 | ||||||||||
1620 | when populating the QSL Queue with the "QSL Via" panel set to LotW, do not add to the QSL Queue any QSO whose propagation mode item is set to SAT but that does not specify a satellite name | 10.4.7 | ||||||||||
1621 | saving a QSO whose propagation mode item is SAT but whose satellite name is unspecified, or a QSO whose satellite name item is specified but whose propagation mode item is not SAT will flash the Propagation panel's mode and Satellite name item labels in blue font | 10.4.7 | ||||||||||
1622 | when the "Upload to LotW" menu item is invoked, do not upload any QSO whose propagation mode item is set to SAT but that does not specify a satellite name | 10.4.8 | ||||||||||
1633 | extend the Broke filter to display QSOs that specify a Propagation Mode of SAT, but do not specify a Satellite name | 10.4.8 | ||||||||||
1634 | extend the Recompute function to flag QSOs that specify a Propagation Mode of SAT, but do not specify a Satellite name | 10.4.8 | ||||||||||
1635 | store the "Club Log Auto upload" setting in each log file, rather than in the Windows Registry | 10.4.9 | ||||||||||
1636 | when DXView is not running, DXKeeper's DXCC database lookup operation should check the LotW and eQSL membership of callsigns that contain one or two slash characters | 10.5.0 | ||||||||||
1637 | when populating the QSL Queue with the "QSL Via" panel set to LotW, do not add to the QSL Queue any QSO whose that specifies a satellite name but whose propagation mode is not set to SAT | 10.5.0 | ||||||||||
1501 | when Add Needed adds a QSO to the QSL Queue, set the QSO's Select item to 'Y' | 10.5.1 | ||||||||||
1638 | when a new callsign is specified in the Capture window or the Main window's Log QSOs tab with "Display Previous QSOs on Lookup", optionally display a scrollable Comment window containing all of the comments extracted from QSOs with the same base callsign, each preceded by the QSO's start time and terminated by the QSO's callsign | 10.5.2 | ||||||||||
1639 | when importing an ADIF file with "ADIF style options" set to WinLog32, <QSL_SENT:1>N will clear the imported QSO's QSL_SENT item | 10.5.2 | ||||||||||
1640 | update the URL used to access QRZ's XML data service | 10.5.2 | ||||||||||
1641 | update the file that drives the DXCC Compare function for consistency with changes made to the ARRL's online Award Credit Matrix | 10.5.5 | ||||||||||
1642 | update the FFMA.txt script to include EN92 | 10.5.6 | ||||||||||
1643 | display errors that prevent the uploading of QSOs to LotW | 10.5.7 | ||||||||||
1644 | decouple
"invalid for DXCC" from "invalid for WAZ and Marathon"
|
10.5.9 | ||||||||||
1645 | provide <PHONEMODES>, <DXCCDIGIMODES>, <PSKMODES>, <WAZDIGIMODES>, and <WPXDIGIMODES> SQL abbreviations | 10.6.1 | ||||||||||
1646 | a QSO's "QSL_RCVD" being set to 'I' with no Region specified is invalid for CQ Marathon country credit | 10.6.1 | ||||||||||
1647 | update WAZ Progress and Summary reports for consistency with enhancements 1644 and 1646 | 10.6.2 | ||||||||||
1648 | update Marathon Progress and Submission reports for consistency with enhancements 1644 and 1646 | 10.6.2 | ||||||||||
1649 | change the TX_PWR item from an integer to a number, and provide the ability to specify the precision used in the Log Page Display from 0 to 6 decimal digits | 10.6.6 | ||||||||||
1651 | add new Canadian ARRL sections GTA, ONE, ONN, and ONS | 10.6.7 | ||||||||||
1652 | accept the CTRL-ALT-B, CTRL-ALT-C, CTRL-ALT-D, and CTRL-ALT-E shortcuts with the mouse cursor in any QSO item on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab | 10.6.8 | ||||||||||
1653 | provide the ability to download eQSL.cc images for all QSOs in the Log Page Display confirmed via eQSL.cc | 10.6.8 | ||||||||||
1654 | Canadian ARRL Section ON is not valid for for new QSOs | 10.6.8 | ||||||||||
1655 | when performing a "Sync eQSL.cc QSLs" operation, consider modes JT65, JT65A, JT65B, and JT65C to be equivalent modes | 10.6.8 | ||||||||||
1656 | terminate a script if an error is encountered while executing a Filter or Modify command, or when an invalid command is encountered | 10.6.9 | ||||||||||
1657 | import the contents of APP_N1MM_EXCHANGE into the "rx info" item | 10.6.9 | ||||||||||
1658 | when performing a "Sync eQSL.cc QSLs" operation, consider modes JT9 and JT9-X to be identical for matching purposes | 10.7.1 | ||||||||||
1660 | when computing Marathon realtime award progress, include QSOs whose TX Power is 0 | 10.7.3 | ||||||||||
1661 | when exporting a Cabrillo log with the EPC template, expand the SRX field width from 7 to 8, and zero-fill any EPC number to 5 digits (e.g. EPC1234 is exported as EPC01234) | 10.7.4 | ||||||||||
1662 | when exporting a Cabrillo log with the EPC template, expand the TX exchange field width from 7 to 8 | 10.7.5 | ||||||||||
1663 | support NT as the abbreviation for the Northern Territories ARRL section and deprecate NTS | 10.7.5 | ||||||||||
1664 | extend the DefaultModes.txt file | 10.7.6 | ||||||||||
1665 | include the QSL_SENT_VIA, STATION_CALLSIGN, and APP_DXKEEPER_DXCCPREFIX items in ADIF and TDF files generated from the QSL Queue | 10.7.9 | ||||||||||
1666 | replace APP_DXKEEPER_DXCCPREFIX items in ADIF and TDF files generated from the QSL Queue with APP_DXKEEPER_DESTINATION_PREFIX | 10.8.0 | ||||||||||
1597 | provide QSL substitution commands for user-defined items | 10.8.1 | ||||||||||
1669 | when "Add Needed" populates the QSL Queue for DXCC awards, first seek QSOs whose band and mode are both needed before seeking QSOs whose band or mode are needed | 10.8.2 | ||||||||||
1670 | increase the performance of the Duplicate Checking when importing QSOs | 10.8.2 | ||||||||||
1671 | add a "Duplicate QSOs" filter to the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window | 10.8.2 | ||||||||||
1672 | if an upload to LotW produces "service failure" response from the LotW server, display the error message returned by the server | 10.8.4 | ||||||||||
1674 | add UK-DX-BPSK63 to the contest selector and provide Cabrillo generation | 10.8.7 | ||||||||||
1675 | at the conclusion of a "Sync eQSL.cc QSLs" operation, create and display a file containing SWL reports | 10.8.7 | ||||||||||
1592 | adds a "Delete from ClubLog" option to the Log Page Display's right-mouse menu | 10.8.8 | ||||||||||
1677 | provide Cabrillo generation for the CA QSO Party contest | 10.8.9 | ||||||||||
1679 | provide Cabrillo generation for the CQ-160-CW and CQ-160-SSB contests | 10.9.2 | ||||||||||
1681 | with "Display Previous Comments on Lookup" enabled, close the Comments window if a callsign is selected with which there are no logged QSOs or with which there are no comments in logged QSOs | 10.9.3 | ||||||||||
1682 | set Select to 'Y' in each QSO identified by the "Card Aging" function | 10.9.5 | ||||||||||
1683 | adds QSY and Spot commands to the Log Page Display's right-mouse menu | 10.9.6 | ||||||||||
1684 | adds JT9 and Opera to the standard Mode definition file | 10.9.6 | ||||||||||
1685 | add new CONTEST_ID members added to ADIF 3.0.3 | 10.9.6 | ||||||||||
1686 | support 2013 Marathon submission spreadsheet | 10.9.6 | ||||||||||
1687 | include DXCC Challenge statistics in the DXCC Progress Report | 10.9.6 | ||||||||||
1688 | detect when TQSL cancels signing of duplicate QSOs; if this occurs when executing a right-click "Upload to LotW" operation, clear the QSL Queue" | 10.9.6 | ||||||||||
1689 | provide the option to pursue CQ DX Marathon awards without pursuing Mixed Marathon | 10.9.7 | ||||||||||
1690 | correctly position Kosovo in the generated CQ DX Marathon progress report and submission spreadsheet | 10.9.7 | ||||||||||
1692 | double-clicking a populated email item in the Details panel on the Main window's Log QSOs tab invokes the local email client | 10.9.8 | ||||||||||
1693 | when TQSL version 1.14 or later is selected, prevents the uploading of any batch of QSOs containing one or more QSOs already uploaded to LotW unless the new "Permit uploading of QSOs already uploaded to LotW" option is enabled on the "QSL Configuration" window's LotW tab | 10.9.8 | ||||||||||
1694 | accept email address when callbook is "QRZ.com via Pathfinder" (requires PF 4.9.2 or later) | 10.9.9 | ||||||||||
1695 | parse status from TQSL 1.14 RC5 and later | 10.9.9 | ||||||||||
1696 | provides an "Update from LotW" function that directs LotW to report the acceptance and confirmation status of each QSO in the Log Page Display and updates these QSOs accordingly | 11.0.0 | ||||||||||
1697 | extract completion codes from TQSL 1.14 RC5 and later | 11.0.1 | ||||||||||
1698 | if TQSL 1.14 RC5 or later is present and the "PC has no internet connection" option is disabled, direct TQSL to upload signed QSOs to LotW so that these QSOs won't be considered "already uploaded" if LotW is down or inaccessible | 11.0.1 | ||||||||||
1699 | Handle TQSL 1.14 RC6 "internet down or LotW unreachable" error response | 11.0.1 | ||||||||||
1700 | include updated DOK award definition file | 11.0.1 | ||||||||||
1701 | counts eQSL and LotW confirmations in the RDA award progress and submission reports | 11.0.1 | ||||||||||
1702 | includes color swatches for Log Page Display background colors in the Key on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab | 11.0.1 | ||||||||||
1704 | update TQSL 1.14 error explanations | 11.0.2 | ||||||||||
1705 | support printing QSL cards 1-up, center-aligned | 11.0.2 | ||||||||||
1706 | when updating logged QSOs from the QSL Queue, include the band and mode in the search criteria so that QSOs made with the same callsign at the exact same time can be updated if they were made on different bands or different modes | 11.0.3 | ||||||||||
1707 | support new LotW Server URL | 11.0.4 | ||||||||||
1709 | when performing an LotW Update operation, set the seconds in the query's start time to 00, as LotW does | 11.0.6 | ||||||||||
1710 | when
importing an ADIF file with the "ADIF Style Options" panel set
to DX4WIN,
|
11.0.6 | ||||||||||
1711 | provide separated "DX4WIN v7" and "DX4WIN v8" "ADIF Style Options", and only extract Name and QTH from NOTES if "ADIF Style Options" is set to "DX4WIN v7" | 11.0.7 | ||||||||||
1712 | add
5 new Japanese Kuo to the secondary subdivision database
|
11.0.8 | ||||||||||
1713 | The plot function should consider a QSO's grid square confirmed if its "LotW QSL Rcvd" item is set to 'Y', 'S', or 'V' and its "LotW cfm" item contains a G. | 11.0.8 | ||||||||||
1714 | automatically re-register mswinsck.ocx if it has been de-registered | 11.0.9 | ||||||||||
1716 | provide the option to save an ADIF file from the QSL queue that compensates for Global QSL's lack of ADIF compliance | 11.1.0 | ||||||||||
1717 | provide the option to save an ADIF file from the QSL Queue whose records have their QSL_RCVD tag set to 'Y' independent of the QSO's QSL_RCVD item | 11.1.0 | ||||||||||
1718 | check the callsign returned by the QRZ XML callbook; if it doesn't match the requested callsign, return "not found" | 11.1.1 | ||||||||||
1719 | in the TQSL panel on the "QSL Configuration" window's LotW tab, display the full TQSL version number | 11.1.2 | ||||||||||
1720 | if the Marathon Progress or Submission report is initiated with the Log Page Display filtered, inform the user and provide the opportunity to clear the filter before generating the report | 11.1.2 | ||||||||||
1721 | considers a QSO's callsign to be an LotW Member if that callsign has uploaded QSOs to LotW after the QSO began | 11.1.2 | ||||||||||
1722 | CTRL-P in the Capture window or in panels on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab with no DXCC prefix selected performs a lookup operation and then logs the QSO | 11.1.2 | ||||||||||
1723 | provide the option of handling LotW QSL detail inconsistencies by including them in the report displayed when the "Sync LotW QSLs" or "Update from LotW" operation completes | 11.1.2 | ||||||||||
1724 | expand latitude and longitude items to display seconds as well as degrees and minutes | 11.1.3 | ||||||||||
1725 | provide <latitudewsecs> and <longitudewsecs> QSL substitution commands that are replaced by the latitude and longitude in degree, minute, and second notation | 11.1.3 | ||||||||||
1726 | CTRL-ALT-F in the Filter panel textbox sets QSL_RCVD to 'Y' and sets the "QSL Rcvd Date" to today without setting QSL_SENT to 'R' | 11.1.3 | ||||||||||
1727 | update TQSL error code descriptions to reflect rejection due to invalid QSOs in the batch to be digitally signed and uploaded | 11.1.3 | ||||||||||
1728 | when performing a lookup operation in the Capture window with "Previous QSO Display" enabled and a Callbook configured, update the QSO's latitude and longitude with Callbook data if the grid square extracted from a previous QSO is not confirmed, if that previous QSO's location is not specified to the second, and if the Callbook's latitude and longitude are specified to the second | 11.1.3 | ||||||||||
1729 | when the CBA function is invoked on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, update the QSO's latitude and longitude with Callbook data if the QSO's grid square is not confirmed, if the QSO's latitude and longitude are not specified to the second, and if the Callbook's latitude and longitude are specified to the second | 11.1.3 | ||||||||||
1730 | support "to the second" latitude and longitude positions in WinWarbler 7.7.0 | 11.1.3 | ||||||||||
1731 | when TQSL rejects QSOs to be uploaded, display the contents of the LotWResults.txt file | 11.1.4 | ||||||||||
1732 | when processing LotW's report of a confirmed QSO (initiated by "Sync LotW QSLs" or "Update from LotW"), determine whether LotW considers the QSO an exact "mode match"; if so, add an "M" in the QSOs' "LotW Confirmation" item; if not, mention the absence of an exact "mode match" in the after action report | 11.1.6 | ||||||||||
1733 | include an "LotW Mode" column in the WAS progress report that displays an = if LotW considers that QSO an exact "mode match" | 11.1.6 | ||||||||||
1734 | increase precision of distance displayed in Details panel to two decimal digits | 11.2.2 | ||||||||||
1735 | improve mi-km conversion accuracy | 11.2.2 | ||||||||||
1736 | add
Capture window keyboard shortcuts:
|
11.2.5 | ||||||||||
1738 | Improve
the Item Editor used to edit
Comment and QSL Msg items
|
11.2.8 | ||||||||||
1739 | support ADIF 3.0.4 CONTEST_ID enumeration | 11.2.9 | ||||||||||
1740 | provide <sig> and <siginfo> QSL substitution commands that access the Sig and SigInfo information in the QSO's MyQTH | 11.2.9 | ||||||||||
1741 | provide a "QTH Identifier" selector dedicated to the "Import QSOs" tab's "Substitute for missing QTH Identifiers" function | 11.2.9 | ||||||||||
1743 | when
generating a Marathon Progress report with the verification
option
|
11.3.0 | ||||||||||
1502 | provide an import option that when enabled compares each unrecognized ADIF tag to the captions of each user-defined item; on finding a match, the tag's data is imported into the matching user-defined item | 11.3.2 | ||||||||||
1745 | when importing, ignore FORCE_INIT and QSO_RANDOM fields that specify illegal values | 11.3.2 | ||||||||||
1746 | on startup with TQSL 2.0 (or later) selected, query TQSL for updates and display any that are reported | 11.3.4 | ||||||||||
1747 | add WAS Verified and WPX Verified items | 11.3.4 | ||||||||||
1748 | import and export CREDIT_SUBMITTED and CREDIT_GRANTED: CQWAZ_MIXED, VUCC_BAND, WAS, CQWPX | 11.3.4 | ||||||||||
1749 | add new modes to DefaultModes.txt: CHIP, DIGVOICE (import/export as DIGITALVOICE), JT4, MFSK, PSK | 11.3.4 | ||||||||||
1752 | WAS progress report displays an overall status column for each worked State indicating credit granted (V), credit submitted (S), confirmed (C), or Requested (R), | 11.3.4 | ||||||||||
1753 | extend the WPX Progress Report to show Mixed, Band, and Mode status for each WPX prefix | 11.3.4 | ||||||||||
1754 | do not consider a QSO to be invalid for WPX if its QSL Rcvd, LotW Rcvd, or eQSL Rcvd items are set to I | 11.3.4 | ||||||||||
1755 | extend the WPX Summary to show submitted and verified status for Mixed, Band, Mode, and Band-Mode combinations | 11.3.4 | ||||||||||
1756 | provide full WPX submission support, including an optimal submission generator | 11.3.4 | ||||||||||
1757 | in DefaultModes.txt, designate the FSK31, HFSK, PSKAM10, PSKAM31, PSKAM50, PSKHell, Q15, and VOI modes as "counting" for WAZ Digital awards | 11.3.5 | ||||||||||
1758 | remove the State abbreviation from the Capture window's County selector when the Capture window's DXCC prefix is set to the US, Alaska, or Hawaii | 11.3.6 | ||||||||||
1759 | extend the Credit Repair function to set a QSO's QSL_RCVD or LOTW_QSL_RCVD item from 'Y' or 'S' to 'V' if it is linked to a DXCC Credit | 11.3.8 | ||||||||||
1760 | if the Credit Repair function promotes a QSO to verified, update award progress and notify SpotCollector | 11.3.9 | ||||||||||
1761 | when performing "Sync LotW QSLs", only report a missing or invalid grid square in a VUCC candidate sought for its band or satellite | 11.3.9 | ||||||||||
1762 | VUCC progress report includes progress for bands selected in the VUCC panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab | 11.3.9 | ||||||||||
1763 | WPX Progress Report and Summary take into account SSB QSOs confirmed via LoTW without an exact mode match | 11.3.9 | ||||||||||
1764 | WPX Submission generator ignores SSB QSOs confirmed via LoTW without an exact mode match | 11.3.9 | ||||||||||
1765 | upgrade
the WAS Progress report to a multiband, multimode report
driven by a new WAS Bands & Modes panel on the
Configuration window's Awards tab and accessible via the
script command
report WAS (the previous report remains available via a script that specifies the command report US_States |
11.3.9 | ||||||||||
1766 | if "Optimize for realtime QSO entry" is disabled, initialize a new QSO's Station Callsign, Operator Callsign, and Owner Callsign items from the previously created QSO | 11.4.0 | ||||||||||
1767 | support
Realtime Award Tracking for the IOTA, VUCC, WAS, and WPX
awards
|
11.4.0 | ||||||||||
1768 | when more than 1 "my QTH" is defined, the VUCC Progress Report and Submission Generator only consider QSO's whose "my QTH" has its VUCC box checked | 11.4.0 | ||||||||||
1769 | when more than 1 "my QTH" is defined, the WAS Progress Report only considers QSO's whose "my QTH" has its WAS box checked | 11.4.0 | ||||||||||
1770 | extend the "Card Aging" report to consider QSLs needed for awards with realtime award tracking enabled | 11.4.0 | ||||||||||
1771 | when performing "Sync LotW QSLs", only report a missing or invalid US State if pursuing WAS Mixed, or if the QSO's band or mode is pursued for WAS | 11.4.0 | ||||||||||
1772 | when
performing "Sync LotW QSLs", only report an inexact mode match
if
|
11.4.0 | ||||||||||
1773 | when informing SpotCollector that a QSO has been logged, include IOTA, VUCC, WAS, and WPX award status for that QSO | 11.4.1 | ||||||||||
1774 | add a Group column to the generated QSL Card Record Sheet | 11.4.1 | ||||||||||
1775 | save LotW "new information" in a file named LotWNews.txt | 11.4.1 | ||||||||||
1778 | Implement Marathon Phone award group | 11.4.4 | ||||||||||
1779 | If during a "Sync LotW QSOs" or "Sync LotW QSLs" operation, LotW fails to deliver the promised number of QSOs or QSLs respectively, inform the user, and don't update the the last sync date | 11.4.4 | ||||||||||
1780 | if changes made to logged QSOs during a "Sync LotW QSLs" operation require Spotcollector to recompute, offer to do this when the operation is complete | 11.4.4 | ||||||||||
1781 | avoid VUCC recomputation if QSO's band is not VUCC | 11.4.6 | ||||||||||
1784 | on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, the QSO panel indicates the presence of a Comment | 11.4.9 | ||||||||||
1785 | add 'N' to the ClubLog Status item selector, and extend the Club Log Update function to ignore QSOs whose Club Log Status item is set to 'N' | 11.4.9 | ||||||||||
1786 | when performing a previous QSO lookup with an exact callsign match, harvest the email address and web page from previous QSOs | 11.4.9 | ||||||||||
1787 | when performing a lookup in response to an external request, include the email address and web page in the results | 11.4.9 | ||||||||||
1788 | when performing a lookup for a callsign, information from previously logged QSOs is ignored if an override is specified for the callsign in DXView or SpotCollector | 11.4.9 | ||||||||||
1789 | provides a Select button in the "Backup folder" panel that when clicked selects the folder into which log backups will be stored | 11.5.1 | ||||||||||
1790 | extend the Add Needed function to set the Select item to 'Y' in any QSO it adds to the QSL Queue | 11.5.1 | ||||||||||
1791 | add AO-73 to DefaultSatellites.txt | 11.5.2 | ||||||||||
1792 |
|
11.5.2 | ||||||||||
1793 | Double-clicking the Capture window's RST_Sent or RST_Rcvd item with a Mode selected will set the item to 59 (if the selected mode is a phone mode) or 599 (if the selected mode is not a phone mode). | 11.5.3 | ||||||||||
1794 | inform the user if a specified label width or row height is invalid | 11.5.4 | ||||||||||
1796 | in the WAS progress report, include Requested states in the Worked state total | 11.5.4 | ||||||||||
1797 | consider DIGVOICE a phone mode for the purposes of the DXCC, WAS and Marathon awards, when generating signal reports, and when determining default TX power | 11.5.4 | ||||||||||
1798 | when a "Sync LotW QSOs", "Sync LotW QSLs", "Update from LotW", or "DXCC Compare" function is invoked with the "PC has no internet connection" option enabled on the "QSL Configuration" window's LotW tab, the required URL is placed in the Windows Clipboard | 11.5.5 | ||||||||||
1799 | ignore QSO with invalid country codes when generating a Marathon progress report or submission | 11.5.5 | ||||||||||
1800 | include an entry in DefaultModes.txt that specifies DIGVOICE as valid for DXCC | 11.5.5 | ||||||||||
1801 | add a Comments field to the "Marathon Year and Score Sheet Information" window whose contents are placed in the Marathon Scoresheet's Comments cell; if no comments have been specified, initialize the comments to "converted by DXKeeper X.Y.Z" | 11.5.5 | ||||||||||
1802 | add a Category panel to the "Marathon Year and Score Sheet Information" that determines whether a generated Marathon Progress Report or Score Sheet is Mixed, single-band, or single-mode, and include the currently-selected Category to the filename of generated Progress Reports and Score Sheets; remove the Submission button on the "Realtime Award Tracking" window's Marathon tab | 11.5.5 | ||||||||||
1804 | if the Marathon current year is set to 2014 or later, display the selected Score Sheet's version number | 11.5.8 | ||||||||||
1805 | if "Update from LotW" is invoked with more than 100 QSOs in the Log Page Display, give the user the opportunity to abort the operation | 11.5.8 | ||||||||||
1806 | Clicking the CFM or VFY buttons in the LotW panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab should set the QSO's ClubLog item to 'M' if the QSOs confirmation or credit status changes | 11.5.8 | ||||||||||
1807 | The DXCC Submission window's "Verify Submission" function changes the "Club Log" item in each verified QSO from 'Y' to 'M' | 11.5.8 | ||||||||||
1808 | Directing the DXCC Credit Manager to link a QSO to a DXCC credit changes the QSO's "Club Log" item from 'Y' to 'M' | 11.5.8 | ||||||||||
1809 | in the "Handling of LotW QSL Detail inconsistencies" panel, provide the option to overwrite the log Grid with the LotW Grid if the first four characters of the log and LotW Grids are identical | 11.5.8 | ||||||||||
1810 | on the Main window's "my QTHs" tab, provide a Filter button that filters the Log Page Display to contain QSOs made from the currently-selected QTH | 11.5.8 | ||||||||||
1811 | extend the WPX Prefix Progress report to show the fraction of prefixes confirmed by card, eQSL, and LotW for each band and in each mode | 11.5.9 | ||||||||||
1812 | extend the Aging report to distinguish outstanding DXCC entities, entity-bands, and entity modes | 11.6.0 | ||||||||||
1814 | when the Upload button in the "Club Log" panel on the Main window's "Check Progress" tab is clicked while the CTRL key is depressed, QSOs in the Log Page Display will only be uploaded if their "Club Log Status" items are not set to 'N' and if their Station Callsign items match the Callsign specified in the "Club Log" panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab | 11.6.3 | ||||||||||
1815 | an attempt to upload an individual QSO to Club Log -- via the "Upload to Club Log" command in the Log Page Display's right-mouse menu, or when a QSO is logged with the "Auto Upload" box checked in the "Club Log" panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab -- will only succeed if the QSO's Station Callsign item match the Callsign specified in the "Club Log" panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab | 11.6.3 | ||||||||||
1816 | provide
a Callsign Progress window that displays band and mode
progress with a specified callsign that appears when
|
11.6.4 | ||||||||||
1817 | Adjust DXCC Compare driver file to reflect changes in order of DXCC Award Credit Matrix | 11.6.7 | ||||||||||
1818 | add 2m totals to the statistics shown at the top of the DXCC Progress report | 11.6.9 | ||||||||||
1819 | provide the ability to reset the "date and time of last QSL synchronization" for eQSL.cc and LotW by double-clicking the date and time shown beneath their respective "Sync QSLs" buttons | 11.6.9 | ||||||||||
889 | ability to print QSL labels & address labels on a label printer | 11.7.0 | ||||||||||
1820 | provide a "2nd row offset" setting that positions the second row of QSL cards printed 4-up | 11.7.2 | ||||||||||
1821 | restrict speed of multiple "QRZ.com via Pathfinder" lookups to 1 every 4 seconds | 11.7.6 | ||||||||||
1822 | handle new Geocoded tags returned by QRZ XML Data and QRZ via Pathfinder | 11.7.7 | ||||||||||
1823 | when the "Use each QSO's myQTHID as its QTH Nickname" option is enabled on the "QSL Configuration" window's eQSL tab, set that tab's "QTH Nickname" to "(myQTHID)" and disable it | 11.7.8 | ||||||||||
1824 | add CWOPS-CWT to the Contest Name selector | 11.7.8 | ||||||||||
1825 | add RAC to the Contest Name selector | 11.7.9 | ||||||||||
1826 | support single-band single-mode WAZ awards | 11.8.2 | ||||||||||
1827 | tolerate an invalid "log panels" font size recovered from the Windows Registry | 11.8.4 | ||||||||||
1828 | accelerate the "Add Requested" function | 11.8.5 | ||||||||||
1829 | specifies the correct county for each Virginian independent city that has only one "surrounding county" | 11.8.6 | ||||||||||
1830 | update the WAE progress report order to reflect new WAE prefixes UA and UA2 | 11.8.8 | ||||||||||
1831 | provide submission generators for WAZ, WAS, and IOTA | 11.8.8 | ||||||||||
1832 | when exporting a tab-delimited field, replace each carriage return character with |, and each newline character with ^ | 11.8.8 | ||||||||||
1833 | handle QRZ XML data callbook lookups that return an alias | 11.8.9 | ||||||||||
1834 | include "Sent Via", "Card Cfm", "LotW Cfm" (if accepted), "eQSL Cfm", Status, and QSL# columns in IOTA, VUCC, WAS, WAZ, and WPX submission reports | 11.9.0 | ||||||||||
1835 | enable the creation of separate Card and LotW submissions for VUCC and WAS | 11.9.0 | ||||||||||
1836 | enable the selective addition of QSOs confirmed by QSL card or QSOs confirmed by eQSL to a WAZ submission | 11.9.0 | ||||||||||
1837 | enable the selective addition of QSOs confirmed by QSL card or QSOs confirmed by eQSLor QSOs confirmed by LoTW to a WPX submission | 11.9.0 | ||||||||||
1838 |
add the following fields to each record exported in a tab-delimited file:
|
11.9.0 | ||||||||||
1839 | invoking the Since filter while depressing the CTLR key filter the Log Page Display to show all QSOs since the Since filter was last invoked | 11.9.1 | ||||||||||
1840 | provide
Marathon Country Risk and Marathon Zone Risk items in each
logged QSO
|
11.9.2 | ||||||||||
1841 | improve
Marathon Progress and Submission report generation
|
11.9.3 | ||||||||||
1842 | add a "Confirmed" column to the Marathon Progress Report when the "Confirmed QSOs are low risk" option is enabled | 11.9.4 | ||||||||||
1843 | when performing a lookup of a callsign containing a slash using a callbook other than QRZ.com that returns "callsign not found", after performing a lookup of the base callsign direct Pathfinder (if running) to search for the base callsign (if an automatic search is configured) | 11.9.5 | ||||||||||
1844 | include App_DXKeeper_My_QTHID when exporting an ADIF file from the QSL Queue | 11.9.6 | ||||||||||
1845 | depressing the SHIFT key while invoking the Marathon Progress Report function verifies unconfirmed QSOs only | 11.9.6 | ||||||||||
1846 | restrict speed of Marathon verification with "QRZ.com via Pathfinder" lookups to 1 every 4 seconds | 11.9.7 | ||||||||||
1847 | provide the ability to generate progress and submission reports for Korean District Number awards | 12.0.0 | ||||||||||
1848 | inform the user when the specified log file cannot be opened because Windows considers the filename to be invalid | 12.0.0 | ||||||||||
1849 | replace the "DXCC submission reminder" option with a "Submission reminder" option for DXCC, IOTA, VUCC, WAS, WAZ, and WPX if their respective "Realtime Award Tracking" is enabled | 12.0.3 | ||||||||||
1850 | include an updated DOK list | 12.0.3 | ||||||||||
1668 | generates progress and submission reports for the "Worked All Belgian Provinces" award | 12.0.5 | ||||||||||
1851 | before directing LotW to download QSOs or QSLs, quickly check to see if its "up" | 12.0.7 | ||||||||||
1852 | perform a user-abortable LotW connectivity check before proceeding with a "Sync LotW QSOs", "Sync LotW QSLs", or "Update from LotW" operation; if DXKeeper cannot connect to LotW within 60 seconds, the operation will not proceed. | 12.0.8 | ||||||||||
1853 | improve user-abortable LoTW connectivity check | 12.1.3 | ||||||||||
1854 | provide the ability to specify whether the UTC sort on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab and the sorts implemented after "Sync eQSL.cc QSLs" and "Sync LotW QSLs" operations place the Log Page Display in ascending or descending order | 12.1.7 | ||||||||||
1855 | provide keyboard shortcuts for use in the QSL Editor window | 12.1.7 | ||||||||||
1856 | provide the option to set a QSO as started when a callsign is entered in the Capture window or the Capture window's Lookup function is invoked | 12.2.4 | ||||||||||
1857 | add Cabrillo support for the ARRL-UHF-AUG contest | 12.2.9 | ||||||||||
1858 | provide
the ability to generate a WAS Submission Report for a selected
WAS Award |
12.3.0 | ||||||||||
1859 | provide the ability to generate a WAS Submission Report for a selected WAS Award | 12.3.1 | ||||||||||
1860 | when generating LotW-only submissions for VUCC, WAS, or WPX, consider QSOs in ascending order of "LotW QSL Rcvd Date" to improve consistency with LoTW selections | 12.3.2 | ||||||||||
1861 | provide the option to generate a WPX Submission File when creating a WPX Submission Report | 12.3.2 | ||||||||||
1862 | provide an email address setting on the Configuration window's Defaults tab, and insert it in the first line of a generated WPX Submission File | 12.3.3 | ||||||||||
1864 | on Main window's "Log QSOs" tab with the Edit button visible, enable the use of CTRL and ALT shortcut keys that don't modify any item | 12.3.3 | ||||||||||
1865 | provide the ability to specify Log Page Display background colors for LotW and eQSL AG participation | 12.3.5 | ||||||||||
1866 | added NA, SA, EU, AF, AS, and OC to the WPX Award selector | 12.3.5 | ||||||||||
1867 | permit hybrid QSL card and LotW WAS submissions | 12.3.5 | ||||||||||
1868 | rename the Submission window's left-hand selector "Award Family" | 12.3.6 | ||||||||||
1869 | double-clicking the date beneath the "Sync LoTW QSOs" button enables the user to specify the "last LoTW QSO Sync date" | 12.3.7 | ||||||||||
1744 | allow the specification of independent printers to be used when generating cards, labels, and envelopes | 12.3.8 | ||||||||||
1870 | provide the ability to print self-addressed 3-column labels, 2-column labels, and single labels | 12.3.8 | ||||||||||
1871 | update DARC DOK list | 12.3.8 | ||||||||||
1872 | double-clicking the Log Page Display's Band column header numerically (rather than alphanumerically) sorts the Log Page Display | 12.3.9 | ||||||||||
1873 | Imports and Exports the DXCC, DXCC_BAND, and DXCC_MODE credits in the CREDIT_SUBMITTED and CREDIT_GRANTED ADIF fields as defined by ADIF 3.0.4, with "QSL Medium" support for CARD and LOTW | 12.3.9 | ||||||||||
1111 | provide the option to specify a second callbook to be searched if the first callbook fails to find information | 12.4.0 | ||||||||||
1874 | don't require an exact LoTW mode match for LoTW WPX SSB confirmations | 12.4.3 | ||||||||||
1877 | provide a keyboard shortcut for activating the Edit function | 12.4.3 | ||||||||||
1878 | add eQSL (AG) and LoTW status to the DOK progress report | 12.5.4 | ||||||||||
1879 | In the "Modify QSOs" panel's Item New Value, replace each instance of <newline> with a newline character sequence | 12.5.5 | ||||||||||
1880 | in a Modify script command, replace each instance of <newline> within a Modify command's new value with a newline character sequence | 12.5.5 | ||||||||||
1881 | treat Washington DC as a USA-CA award independent city that can be in either Montgomery or Prince George's counties (see <http://www.dxawards.com/usaca/indcities.htm>) | 12.5.6 | ||||||||||
1882 | determines the location of a callsign of the form A/B, where B is three or more non-numeric characters, by analyzing A | 12.5.6 | ||||||||||
1883 | when performing an "Update from LoTW" operation, retry any failed download operation up to 3 times before giving up | 12.6.0 | ||||||||||
1884 | Provide an OQRS button in the QSL panel on the Main window's
"Log QSOs" tab that when clicked
|
12.6.1 | ||||||||||
1885 | Provide a "Substitute default Antenna Path for missing ANT_PATH" option in the "Substitution options" panel on the Main window's "Import QSOs" tab | 12.6.1 | ||||||||||
443 | display the number of QSL cards or labels to be printed at the top of the Print Preview window | 12.6.2 |
||||||||||
1795 | provide a Class selector on the "Marathon Year, Category, and Score Sheet Information" window, and include the class name in generated Marathon Progress Report and ScoreSheet filenames | 12.6.3 | ||||||||||
1886 | improve the Capture window overwrite warning message | 12.6.4 | ||||||||||
1887 | double-clicking the Capture window's Grid label should filter the Log Page Display to display all QSOs with a matching grid square, ignoring any sub-square | 12.6.4 | ||||||||||
1888 | reference the current version of the QRZ XML interface | 12.6.6 | ||||||||||
1890 | provide a "Main & Capture window F-keys via CC" option that when enabled routes function keys to Commander to invoke User-defined Command Sequences | 12.6.6 | ||||||||||
1891 | include the 2013-05-10 version of Hamcal32.dll | 12.7.0 | ||||||||||
1892 | with DXView running, the Capture window lookup operation should highlight a Special Callsign in bold magenta font | 12.7.1 | ||||||||||
1893 | increase the speed at which the Windows menu is removed when Shift-F10 is struck | 12.7.1 | ||||||||||
351 | provide the ability to save all SQL filters to a file, and restore all SQL filters from a file | 12.7.2 | ||||||||||
501 | if a callsign in the Capture window contains a ?, replace the left-most ? with the next non-? keystroke | 12.7.3 |
||||||||||
1750 | make the default myQTH's city, primary subdivision, secondary subdivision, CQ zone, ITU zone, IOTA tag, and Rig accessible to other applications | 12.7.3 | ||||||||||
1894 | accept a DDE command from other applications to set the default QTH ID | 12.7.3 | ||||||||||
1895 | provides the option to update DXView's QTH when a default "my QTH" is selected | 12.7.3 | ||||||||||
1896 | when the Capture window contains a ?, don't replace the left-most ? with the next non-? keystroke until one second has elapsed with no keystroke | 12.7.4 | ||||||||||
1997 | on the Main window's "my QTHs" tab, rename the State and County items to "Pri sub" and "Sec sub" | 12.7.5 | ||||||||||
1998 | on the Main window's "my QTHs" tab, add an Ant item, whose contents are accessible via the <ant> QSL substitution command | 12.7.5 | ||||||||||
1999 | accept a <bandant> QSL substitution command that extracts an antenna description based on the QSO's band | 12.7.5 | ||||||||||
2000 | provide a "Default QSL Message" panel with the ability to update a candidate QSL message and review candidate QSL messages | 12.7.7 | ||||||||||
2001 | provide the option to append a QSO's US state and county to the QSL Message printed on a QSL card or label | 12.7.8 | ||||||||||
1597 | accept a <prisub> and <secsub> QSL substitution commands that are replaced by a QSO's primary and secondary administrative subdivisions, respectively | 12.7.8 | ||||||||||
2003 | accept a <currentutcdate> that is replaced by the current UTC date formatted as specified in the QSL Date Format panel | 12.7.8 | ||||||||||
2004 | interpret \< and \> as escape characters in the "Modify QSOs" panel's "Item New Value" textbox and in Script Modify commands | 12.7.8 | ||||||||||
906 | provide a "Reply Card" option in the "QSL Via" panel on the Main window's QSL tab that when selected prints a Reply Card for each entry in the QSL Queue when the Notes field is populated by the contents of each QSO's QSL Message, primary administrative subdivision, secondary administrative subdivision, grid square, IOTA tag, region, and DOK | 12.7.8 | ||||||||||
2006 | include an updated DOK award file | 12.7.8 | ||||||||||
2007 | with the "Reply Card" option enabled, print information in each corner using 8-point Arial | 12.7.9 | ||||||||||
2008 | provide a "Question Mark replacement delay" setting that governs how long non-? characters are appended to the Capture window's Call textbox before they're instead used to replace ? characters, and interpret the * character to mean "immediately begin replacing ? characters" | 12.8.0 | ||||||||||
2009 | when displaying each unconfirmed QSO with a known LoTW participant who has uploaded to LoTW after the QSO date, mark as "broken" and report any QSOs with invalid QSO Begin dates | 12.8.0 | ||||||||||
2010 | use the space character rather than the asterisk character to mean "immediately begin replacing ? characters" | 12.8.1 | ||||||||||
2011 | When "QSL Via" is set to "Reply cards", process all QSOs in the QSL Queue independent of their "QSL Sent Via" items | 12.8.1 | ||||||||||
2012 | When "QSL Via" is set to "Reply cards", ignore the "Below Upper Text" checkbox in the "Station Callsign" panel on the "QSL Configuration" window's "Station Callsign" panel | 12.8.1 | ||||||||||
2014 | on startup, inform the user if there is doubt as to the accuracy of the PC's current date and time | 12.8.6 | ||||||||||
2015 | include Created_Timestamp field in header of exported ADIF files | 12.8.6 | ||||||||||
2016 | replace the "Report unrecognized fields" option with an option for each user-defined item that when enabled treats the item's caption as an ADIF tag when importing and exporting | 12.8.7 | ||||||||||
2017 | when logging via the Capture window with the "Set QSO time when RST Rcvd" option enabled, the QSO start time will be set when the user types a character into the Capture window's "RST Rcvd" box; having the "initialize RST items to 59/599" option enabled will not set the QSO's start time | 12.9.0 | ||||||||||
2018 | on the Configuration window's General tab, relocate the "Set QSO start when RST Rcvd" option from the Options panel to the "Capture options" panel | 12.9.0 | ||||||||||
2022 | improve robustness of process by which information is retrieved from the Windows Registry | 12.9.1 | ||||||||||
2023 | provide control over the font used in envelope DX and return addresses | 12.9.4 | ||||||||||
2024 | add a "Contest Filter" panel to the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window | 12.9.5 | ||||||||||
2025 | depressing the CTRL key while clicking the Plot button filters the Log Page Display to contain QSOs made during the past 24 hours, and directs DXView to plot them | 12.9.5 | ||||||||||
2026 | depressing the SHIFT key while clicking the Plot button filters the Log Page Display to contain QSOs made during the past 7 days, and directs DXView to plot them | 12.9.7 | ||||||||||
2027 | depressing the ALT key while clicking the Plot button filters the Log Page Display to contain QSOs made during the past 30 days, and directs DXView to plot them | 12.9.7 | ||||||||||
2028 | in the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window's Contest Filter panel, if no Contest ID is specified, consider QSOs that specify any Contest ID | 12.9.8 | ||||||||||
2029 | provide a WIA DXCC Progress Report | 12.9.9 | ||||||||||
2030 | accept a Plot command in scripts | 12.9.9 | ||||||||||
2031 | tolerate a leading < in LoTW's response to a "report newly accepted QSOs" or "report new confirmations" directive | 12.9.9 | ||||||||||
2032 | provide a Run button in the TQSL panel on the "QSL Configuration" window's LoTW tab that when clicked starts TQSL | 12.9.9 | ||||||||||
2033 | don't disable settings in the "QSL Via" panel on the Main window's QSL tab; instead, inform the user when an invalid attempt is made to change the "QSL Via" setting with the QSL Queue populated | 12.9.9 | ||||||||||
2034 | provide an option to include the name of each QSO's DXCC entity in the Log Page Display's DXCC Prefix column, and in the Log Report's DXCC Prefix column | 12.9.9 | ||||||||||
2035 | in the window that conveys "news" from LOTW on startup, provide a "Run TQSL" button that when clicked starts TQSL | 13.0.1 | ||||||||||
2036 | accommodate change in format of DXCC award credit matrix | 13.0.2 | ||||||||||
2037 | if in response to a "Sync LoTW QSLs" operation, LoTW responds with more than 20 confirmations and "Handling of LoTW QSL detail inconsistencies" is set to "Display a dialog box and let operator choose", DXKeeper offers to temporarily resolve inconsistencies by preserving log data and display a report showing all inconsistencies when the operation ends | 13.0.3 | ||||||||||
2038 | if during a "Sync eQSL QSLs" operation, eQSL includes a non-ascii character in its response, report this to the user and gracefully recover | 13.0.4 | ||||||||||
2039 | when "Sync LotW QSOS" or "Sync LoTW QSLs" return HTML instead of ADIF, inform the user that the specified LoTW username or password is likely incorrect | 13.0.8 | ||||||||||
2041 | include RX Power in the QSL Queue, and make it available in QSL Messages and QSL cards via the <rxpower> substitution command | 13.0.8 | ||||||||||
2042 | when exporting an ADIF file from the QSL Queue, include the TX_PWR and RX_PWR items | 13.0.8 | ||||||||||
2043 | add ARISS to the default satellite list | 13.0.9 | ||||||||||
2044 | precede the error reports from imported QSOs deemed illegal with the word "illegal" | 13.1.0 | ||||||||||
2045 | exploit the DXCC country code returned by a HamQTH callbook lookup | 13.1.0 | ||||||||||
2046 | adds the following to the DefaultSatellites.txt file: AO-85 , XW-2A, XW-2B, XW-2C, XW-2D, XW-2E, XW-2F | 13.1.1 | ||||||||||
2047 | CTRL-clicking a Main window Config button displays the appropriate tab of the QSL Configuration window | 13.1.2 | ||||||||||
2048 | convert "SD,Oglala Lakota" to "SD,Shannon" until the former is added to ADIF | 13.1.3 | ||||||||||
2049 | update the DARC DOK list | 13.1.3 | ||||||||||
2050 | compensate for changes in the DXCC Award Credit Matrix that prevent the DXCC Compare operation from working | 13.1.4 | ||||||||||
2051 | with "use multiple monitors" enabled, relocates to the primary monitor any window that can't be displayed on a monitor | 13.1.4 | ||||||||||
2052 | work around Microsoft OS version reporting defect so that Windows 10 is properly reported in errorlog.txt file startup headers | 13.1.4 | ||||||||||
2053 | decline to "Upload to LoTW" if TQSL version 2.0.0 or later isn't selected | 13.1.4 | ||||||||||
2054 | provides an "Include seconds in uploaded QSOs" option on the "QSL Configuration" window's Club Log tab | |||||||||||
2055 | enforces Club Log's limit of 10 queued files by declining to upload more than 50,000 QSOs (more than 2500 QSO with "slow net" enabled) | 13.1.4 | ||||||||||
2056 | provide an "Export to Club Log" option that creates an ADIF file from QSOs in the Log Page Display and updates each QSO's "Club Log status" item to 'Y' | 13.1.4 | ||||||||||
2057 | when importing a US QSO whose STATE is DC and whose CNTY is MD,Montgomery or MD,Prince George's, correct the county to DC,Montgomery or DC,Prince George's respectively | 13.1.4 | ||||||||||
2058 | add the following satellites to the DefaultSatellite.txt file: AO-24, CAS-3H, DO-64, LO-78, NO-83, NO-84 | 13.1.5 | ||||||||||
2059 | when run for the first time, encourage the user to install DXView to manage databases | 13.1.6 | ||||||||||
2061 | provide a "Single Label Orientation" sub-panel in the "QSL labels and address labels" panel the specifies the printer orientation to be used when printing Single QSL, Single Address, or Single Self-addressed labels | 13.1.8 | ||||||||||
2062 |
if a user item's caption is set to NPOTA,
|
13.1.9 | ||||||||||
2063 | add space on either side of the Capture window's Spot button | 13.2.0 | ||||||||||
2064 | accepts an NPOTA code from SpotCollector and uses it to initialize a new QSO | 13.2.1 | ||||||||||
2065 | includes an updated DARC DOK award file | 13.2.1 | ||||||||||
2066 | convey modified Candidate QSL Messages to WinWarbler | 13.2.2 | ||||||||||
2067 | when exporting a QSO with "Export ADIF for eQSL.cc" selected, expand any QSL Substitution Commands present in the QSL Msg item | 13.2.2 | ||||||||||
2068 | accelerate override checking | 13.2.3 | ||||||||||
2069 | extends the script Report and AppendReport commands to be able to generate an NPOTA progress report | 13.2.3 | ||||||||||
2070 | generating an NPOTA progress report sends SpotCollector an updated NPOTA filter that hides Spot Database Entries whose NPOTA field specifies a worked park code | 13.2.3 | ||||||||||
2071 | NPOTA progress report should offer to remove Log Page Display filter | 13.2.4 | ||||||||||
2072 | include <AGEFILTER> in the generated NPOTA filter sent to SpotCollector | 13.2.5 | ||||||||||
2073 | provide an Add OQRS function that populates the QSL Queue with confirmation requests downloaded from Club Log OQRS and updates logged QSOs from those requests | 13.2.5 | ||||||||||
2074 |
instead of providing an "Add X OQRS" function on the Main
window's QSL tab that populates the QSL Queue with OQRS
requests, provide a "Process X OQRS" in the "Club Log" panel on
the Main window's "Check Progress" tab that downloads new OQRS
requests, locates each logged QSO, and sets its "QSL Sent" item
to 'R' and/or its "LoTW QSL Sent" items to 'R' as specified by
checkboxes in the "Inbound OQRS" panel on the "QSL Configuration
window's "Club Log" tab - if on the "QSL Configuration window's "Club Log" tab's "Inbound OQRS" panel both the "Set 'QSL Rcvd' to 'R" " and "Set 'LoTW QSL RCvd' to 'R' " are unchecked, the "Process X OQRS" function will be disabled - depressing the CTRL key while invoking the "Process X OQRS" function will download all OQRS requests, not just new OQRS requests since the last time the "Process X OQRS" function was invoked - depressing the ALT key while invoking the Process X OQRS" function will prompt the user to select an ADIF file, and then process its contents as OQRS requests |
13.2.6 | ||||||||||
2075 | provides a "Clear Selected Requests" function on the "QSL Configuration window's "Club Log" tab's "Inbound OQRS" panel that clears the "QSL Rcvd" and "QSL Rcvd Date" items in all logged QSOs if the "Set 'QSL Rcvd' to 'R' " box is checked, and that clears the the "LoTW QSL Rcvd" and "LoTW QSL Rcvd Date" items in all logged QSOs if the "Set LoTW QSL Rcvd to 'R" box is checked | 13.2.6 | ||||||||||
1543 | store the Club Log email address and password in each log's Settings table so that they are automatically selected when a log file is loaded, along with the Club Log Callsign | 13.2.6 | ||||||||||
2077 | when processing an Inbound OQRS request, format addresses to fit in 5 lines or less | 13.2.7 | ||||||||||
2088 | when processing an Inbound OQRS request, ignore non-ascii addresses in entries from JA stations | 13.2.8 | ||||||||||
2089 | "Print Address Report" shows number of callsigns | 13.2.8 | ||||||||||
2090 | provide a "Report one address per callsign" option in the "Address File" panel on the QSL Setup window's General tab | 13.2.8 | ||||||||||
2091 | provide "Append callsign to first line of address" options on the QSL Configuration window's Envelopes and Addr Labels tabs | 13.2.8 | ||||||||||
2093 | extend Inbound OQRS support for confirmations via eQSL.cc | 13.2.9 | ||||||||||
2094 | In the "Club Log" panel on the Main window's "Check Progress" tab, rename the "Process X OQRS" button to "Inbound OQRS" | 13.2.9 | ||||||||||
2095 | when matching an inbound OQRS request to a logged QSO, consider modes that count for DXCC Digital awards as matching | 13.3.0 | ||||||||||
2096 | when processing an Inbound OQRS request, ignore non-ascii addresses in entries from Asian stations | 13.3.0 | ||||||||||
2097 | improve the accuracy of Inbound OQRS matching | 13.3.1 | ||||||||||
2098 | when printing QSL cards, cards for stations within the continental US (DXCC prefix K) are additionally sorted in call district order, with 1-letter prefix 4 area callsigns preceding 2-letter prefix 4 area callsigns | 13.3.1 | ||||||||||
2099 | add an "Add Requested never request confirmation" option to the "Add Requested" panel on the "QSL Configuration" window; when enabled, QSL cards or labels generated from QSOs added to the QSL Queue by the Add Requested function will not include 'please!' or 'pse!' in their QSL column | 13.3.2 | ||||||||||
2100 | when importing QSOs with the "ADIF Style" set to DXBase, recover QSX frequencies in the first word of the Comment if the band matches that of the RX frequency | 13.3.6 | ||||||||||
2101 | when opening a log, determine whether it's consistent with the current DXCC database; if not, prompt the user to initiate the Recompute function | 13.3.6 | ||||||||||
2102 | update DARC DOKs | 13.3.7 | ||||||||||
2103 | maintain Kingman Reef in generated CQ DX Marathon progress reports and submissions for 2016 and earlier | 13.3.9 | ||||||||||
2104 | include an updated Secondary Subdivision Database for European Russia, Asiatic Russia, and Kalinningrad with a FIX_RDA.txt script | 13.4.4 | ||||||||||
2105 | provide a Server Log window that displays errors that occur in response to directives from other applications, and that optionally displays requests from other applications | 13.4.5 | ||||||||||
2106 | accept and process a DeleteQSO directive via DDE or TCP from other applications, subject to the "Confirm QSO Deletion" and "Require Edit to modify logged QSOs" options | 13.4.5 | ||||||||||
2107 | accept and process a RemoveUpdate directive via DDE or TCP from other applications, subject to the "Require Edit to modify logged QSOs" options "Confirm QSO Deletion" option | 13.4.7 | ||||||||||
2108 | the DeleteQSO and RemoveUpdate directives do not request confirmation from the user | 13.4.8 | ||||||||||
2109 | provide the option to accept and display the myQTH latitude and longitude in "decimal degrees" format | 13.5.1 | ||||||||||
484 | make the Main window's MyQTH tab vertically sizeable, expanding/contracting the myQTH grid to fill the available space | 13.5.2 | ||||||||||
1014 | make the Main window's QSL tab vertically and horizontally sizeable, expanding/contracting the QSL queue to fill the available space | 13.5.2 | ||||||||||
2110 | make the Realtime Award Tracking window vertically sizeable | 13.5.2 | ||||||||||
2111 | provide the option to record QSO audio via the Capture window | 13.5.3 | ||||||||||
2112 | provide a visible recording indicator in the Capture window | 13.5.5 | ||||||||||
2113 | initiate QSO audio recording when the first letter of the Capture window's callsign is set | 13.5.5 | ||||||||||
2114 | handle grid squares longer than 6 characters reported by LoTW | 13.5.5 | ||||||||||
2115 | includes the Satellite Mode and Satellite Name for each QSO in the Satellite section of a VUCC progress or submission report | 13.5.5 | ||||||||||
2116 | record audio with a 6 KHz sample rate | 13.5.5 | ||||||||||
2117 | stores audio files in the DataFolder specified by Launcher (version 2.0.8 or later), defaulting to MyDocuments\DXLab\QSOAudio if the Launcher has not specified a DataFolder | 13.5.5 | ||||||||||
2118 | provides a new "audio file" item accessible via the Details panel on the Main windows "Log QSOs" tab, and a "Play Audio" command in the Log Page Display's right mouse menu | 13.5.5 | ||||||||||
2119 | provide an "Automate QSO
Audio Management" option that when enabled
|
13.5.5 | ||||||||||
2120 | export the VUCC_GRIDS tag to convey 2 or 4 grid squares, and recover grid squares from VUCC_GRIDS when importing an ADIF file | 13.5.5 | ||||||||||
2121 | process a VUCC_GRIDS tag reported by LoTW in response to a "Sync LoTW QSLs" or "Update from LoTW" operation | 13.5.5 | ||||||||||
2122 | include the QSO time in the DXCC submission planning report | 13.5.6 | ||||||||||
2123 | when a callbook lookup reports a grid square, latitude, and longitude that are inconsistent, recompute the latitude and longitude from the center of the grid square | 13.5.6 | ||||||||||
2124 | provides an Audio Recording Configuration window that specifies the soundcard to be used for audio recording, and provides options that control automatic starting and stopping of automatic recording, and automatic deletion of audio files when QSOs are deleted | 13.5.6 | ||||||||||
2125 | provide an Enable checkbox in the Audio Recording Configuration window | 13.5.9 | ||||||||||
2126 | CTRL-clicking the Audio Ready button displays the Audio Recording Configuration window | 13.5.9 | ||||||||||
2127 | show the QSOAudio folder pathname in the Audio Recording Configuration window and a Display button the directs Windows Explorer to display the contents of that folder | 13.5.9 | ||||||||||
2128 | when adding a MyQTHID to the QSL Queue, preserve its case so it can be conveyed to eQSL.cc as a nickname (retracted) | 13.6.0 | ||||||||||
2129 | when Audio Recording is disabled, hovering over the Capture window's Audio button displays an explanatory popup, and CTRL-clicking the Capture window's Audio button displays the Audio Recording Configuration window | 13.6.2 | ||||||||||
2130 | provide an "Optimize for realtime Satellite QSOs" option in the "Main Log QSOs options" panel on the Configuration window's General tab | 13.6.6 | ||||||||||
2131 | save the "last startup time" in a section of the Windows Registry that the Launcher does not save to or restore from a workspace | 13.6.7 | ||||||||||
2132 | include an updated DOK award file | 13.6.7 | ||||||||||
2133 | insert the word DXKeeper in the caption of the Audio Recording Configuration window to distinguish it from WinWarbler's Audio Recording Configuration window | 13.6.8 | ||||||||||
2134 | extend the Capture window's "Last QSO" information to include receipt of a QSL card | 13.6.8 | ||||||||||
2135 | remove the "Display information in titles bars" option | 13.6.9 | ||||||||||
2136 | create an "Outgoing Spots" panel on the Configuration window's General tab, and move the "Spot split frequency" there | 13.6.9 | ||||||||||
2139 | provide "Use DXGrid>SpotterGrid format" and "Use SpotterGrid<P>DXGrid format" options in the "Outgoing Spots" panel that govern the format of grid squares in outgoing spots of stations operating on frequencies above 50 MHz | 13.6.9 | ||||||||||
2140 | provide a "Propagation indicator" setting that is used when the "Use SpotterGrid<P>DXGrid format" option is selected and a station operating above 50 MHz is spotted | 13.6.9 | ||||||||||
2141 | if the ServiceBasePort registry entry is not initialized, set it to the default value | 13.7.0 | ||||||||||
2142 | update DOK award list | 13.7.1 | ||||||||||
2143 | in the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window, rename the "Advanced Sorts" panel to "User-defined Sorts"; in the Sort panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, rename the "Adv" button to "User" | 13.7.1 | ||||||||||
2144 | in the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window's "User-defined Sorts" panel, change the "First item", "Second Item, and "Third item" text boxes to selectors populated with valid item names, and move the "Item name" selector into the "SQL Query Filters" panel | 13.7.1 | ||||||||||
2145 | update DXCCVerification.txt to match change made by the ARRL | 13.7.1 | ||||||||||
2146 | provide the ability to process a downloaded IOTA status file and update logged QSOs | 13.7.1 | ||||||||||
2148 | when run for the first time on a computer, displays DXKeeper's License for the user's acceptance | 13.7.2 | ||||||||||
2149 | provide a button to display DXKeeper's License | 13.7.3 | ||||||||||
2150 | add a SOTA item to each logged QSO | 13.7.4 | ||||||||||
2150 | re-arrange the Award panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab; recaptions grid => grid 1 | 13.7.4 | ||||||||||
2151 | add SOTA, grid2, grid3, and grid4 items to the Capture window | 13.7.4 | ||||||||||
2152 | generate a SOTA progress report | 13.7.4 | ||||||||||
2153 | generate progress reports for user-defined items | 13.7.4 | ||||||||||
2154 | on startup, delays directed TQSL to report "news" until after the Main window is on-screen | 13.7.4 | ||||||||||
2155 | display "chaser uniques" and "chaser QSOs" at top of SOTA progress report; don't emit microwave or VLF in SOTA .csv file | 13.7.5 | ||||||||||
2156 | include an updated DARC DOK award file | 13.7.6 | ||||||||||
320 | add a distance column to the VUCC progress report and to the Maidenhead Grid progress report | 13.7.7 | ||||||||||
2157 | remember the selected Realtime Award Tracking window's tab between operating sessions | 13.8.0 | ||||||||||
2158 | make the Capture window's "Last QSO" row always appear just above the bottom row of buttons | 13.8.3 | ||||||||||
2159 | add separator above Capture window's "Last QSO" row only appears if the "Display previous QSOs on Lookup" option is enabled | 13.8.4 | ||||||||||
2160 | add Los Rios and Arica y Parinacota to the Chilean section of the Primary Administrative Subdivision database | 13.8.6 | ||||||||||
2161 | include an updated DARC DOK award file | 13.8.6 | ||||||||||
2162 | update the DefaultSatellites.txt file with entries for BY70-1, EO-79, IO-86, MIREX, SAREX and UKUBE1 | 13.8.7 | ||||||||||
2163 | extend the "submission reminder" displayed when a needed QSO is confirmed to include a parenthetical indication of why the confirmation should be submitted to each award sponsor listed | 13.8.8 | ||||||||||
2164 | add CWOPS-CW-OPEN, HA-DX, and REP-PORTUGAL-DAY-HF to the contest selectors | 13.9.2 | ||||||||||
2165 | interpret K or KW in an imported RX_PWR field to mean 1000, and interpret QRP to mean 5 | 13.9.2 | ||||||||||
2166 | when LoTW reports that DXCC credit has been granted to a QSO, update the logged QSO accordingly and inform the user | 13.9.2 | ||||||||||
2168 | In the Capture window, Shift-Enter in the Call textbox or Shift-Lookup or Ctrl-Lookup will clear the Capture window's Comment textbox before initiating a lookup | 13.9.2 | ||||||||||
2169 | In the Filter panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, depressing the CTRL key while clicking the LoTW button will set each QSO's Select item to 'Y' if it is not confirmed via LoTW, its LotW_Rcvd item is not set to 'X', and its QSO partner has not uploaded QSOs to LoTW after the date of the QSO | 13.9.2 | ||||||||||
2170 | Store LoTW username and "Station Location" settings in each log file rather than in the Windows Registry | 13.9.2 | ||||||||||
2171 | Store eQSL username and nickname settings in each log file rather than in the Windows Registry | 13.9.2 | ||||||||||
2172 | Associate an eQSL password with each eQSL username, and LoTW password with each LoTW username | 13.9.2 | ||||||||||
2173 | object if the user clicks the "eQSL Account" or "LoTW Account" window's OK button when either the username or password boxes are empty | 13.9.3 | ||||||||||
2174 | prompt the user to confirm a password change made via the "eQSL Account" or "LoTW Account" window | 13.9.3 | ||||||||||
2175 | denote settings on the QSL Configuration window's eQSL and LoTW tabs that are stored in the current log file | 13.9.3 | ||||||||||
2176 |
update for ADIF 3.0.5
add EO-88 to DefaultSatellites.txt update Austria's Primary Administrative Subdivisions
|
13.9.5 | ||||||||||
2177 | update generated Marathon Scoresheet comment cell location for removal of Kingman Island in 2017 | 13.9.6 | ||||||||||
2178 | update generated Marathon Scoresheet comment cell location for preservation of Midway and Kure in 2017 and removal in 2018 | 13.9.6 | ||||||||||
2179 | when performing a callbook lookup via QRZ XML, removes diacritical marks from the reported first name and address items and ignores UTF-8 characters that cannot be visualized with ANSI characters | 13.9.6 | ||||||||||
2180 | when performing a callbook lookup via QRZ XML, removes diacritical marks from the reported first name and address items and ignores UTF-8 characters that cannot be visualized with ANSI characters (recognizes Greek characters) | 13.9.7 | ||||||||||
2181 | update generated Marathon Scoresheet comment cell location for preservation of Midway and Kure | 14.0.0 | ||||||||||
2182 | add Submode to the the QSL Queue, and provide a <Submode> QSL substitution command | 14.0.0 | ||||||||||
2183 | when uploading a QSO to LoTW that specifies a Submode, convey that Submode to LoTW | 14.0.0 | ||||||||||
2184 | when uploading a QSO to eQSL that specifies a Submode, convey the Submode as if it were the Mode | 14.0.0 | ||||||||||
2185 | correctly sync QSOs that specify a submode with LoTW | 14.0.0 | ||||||||||
2186 | correctly sync QSOs that specify a submode with eQSL | 14.0.0 | ||||||||||
2187 | include the 630M band in DefaultBands.txt | 14.0.0 | ||||||||||
2188 | Import SUBMODE fields from ADIF files | 14.0.0 | ||||||||||
2189 | export SUBMODE items to ADIF SUBMODE fields rather than APP_DXKEEPER_SUBMODE fields | 14.0.0 | ||||||||||
2190 | provide the option to spot a logged QSO from the Log Page Display and specify spot notes | 14.0.1 | ||||||||||
2192 | depressing the CTRL key while clicking the "my QTHs" tab's New button will create a new "my QTH" and populate it with information from the selected "my QTH" | 14.0.2 | ||||||||||
2193 | increase the precision of decimal latitudes and longitudes on the Main window's "My QTHs" tab | 14.0.3 | ||||||||||
2194 | replace online QSL status update and confirmation windows with windows that remember their location | 14.0.6 | ||||||||||
2195 | accept accessibility status when performing a callbook lookup from "QRZ via Pathfinder" | 14.0.6 | ||||||||||
2196 | on the Configuration window's Callbook tab, group the primary callbook controls within a Primary Callbook panel | 14.0.6 | ||||||||||
2197 | on the Configuration window's Callbook tab, change the name of the "Warn when Callsign Lookups fail" option to "Warn when a callbook lookup returns "callsign not found" | 14.0.6 | ||||||||||
2198 | on the Configuration window's Callbook tab, add a "Warn when the primary callbook can't be accessed" option to the "Secondary Callbook" panel that can only be enabled if the "Secondary Callbook" panel's Enable box is checked; with this option enabled, failure to access the primary callbook will noted in an always-on-top warning message that appears for 10 seconds | 14.0.6 | ||||||||||
2199 | when the Main window's Import tab's "Query callbook and DXCC database for missing items" option is enabled and a callbook lookup fails while importing QSOs, note each failure in DXKeeper's "Import Progress" window | 14.0.6 | ||||||||||
2200 | in panels containing usernames or passwords, warn users not to employ usernames and passwords used to secure valuable online accounts | 14.0.7 | ||||||||||
2201 | add FT8, MSK144, and QRA64 checkboxes to the Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers window's Mode filter panel | 14.0.7 | ||||||||||
2202 | add FT8 to the DefaultModes.txt file distributed with DXKeeper | 14.0.7 | ||||||||||
2203 | process MODE and SUBMODE now reported in eQSL.cc Inbox | 14.0.8 | ||||||||||
2204 | include SUBMODE in "Sync eQSL QSLs" error report | 14.1.0 | ||||||||||
2205 | inform the user of warnings or errors returned by eQSL.cc when downloading eQSL images | 14.1.3 | ||||||||||
2206 | include updated DARC DOK awards | 14.1.3 | ||||||||||
2207 | add C4FM and T10 to DefaultModes.txt | 14.1.3 | ||||||||||
2208 | provide the ability to specify an LoTW Station Location in a myQTH | 14.1.3 | ||||||||||
2209 | provide the option to automatically upload QSOs logged via the Capture window to LoTW | 14.1.3 | ||||||||||
2210 | allow the use of LoTW Station Locations that specify a Station Callsign of [NONE] when using the single-QSO "Upload to LOTW" command in the Log Page Display's right mouse menu, or when automatically uploading a QSO to LoTW | 14.1.3 | ||||||||||
2211 | add LO-90 to DefaultSatellites.txt | 14.1.3 | ||||||||||
2212 | compensate for eQSL change to re-enable access to QSL images of QSOs that specify a submode | 14.1.3 | ||||||||||
2213 | provide a Digi selection in the "Default Transmit power by mode" panel that specifies the default TX power for any mode other than RTTY or PSK whose entry in DXKeeper's DefaultMode.txt file (or Modes.txt file) contains DXCC_RTTY, meaning "counts for DXCC digital awards". | 14.1.3 | ||||||||||
2214 | accepts DDE and TCP "log" commands from other applications that specify uploading to LoTW, or to LoTW and eQSL.cc | 14.1.3 | ||||||||||
2215 | add a "Self-addressed Envelope" panel to the "QSL Configuration" window's Envelopes tab that provides independent control over the address top offset, address left offset, font metrics, and airmail indicator presence when printing self-addressed envelopes | 14.1.6 | ||||||||||
2216 | when the station location selected on the "QSL Configuration" window's LoTW tab specifies a station callsign of [NONE}, prompt the user to specify a station callsign; save the specified station callsign between operating sessions in the log | 14.1.9 | ||||||||||
2218 | work with updated eQSL image retrieval service | 14.2.0 | ||||||||||
2219 | provide <XCVRTXBAND> and <XCVRRXBAND> SQL expression substitutions | 14.2.1 | ||||||||||
2220 | on the "DXCC Credits Granted" window, provide a "Resolve ambiguous confirmations" option that when enabled causes the Analyze and AutoLink function to a assume that a QSO to which credit has been granted that is confirmed by both LoTW and QSL card should be granted award credit for its QSL confirmation (because QSOs granted award credit for LoTW confirmations were already updated by "Sync LoTW QSLs" | 14.2.5 | ||||||||||
2221 | if the "Resolve ambiguous confirmations" option is enabled, the Analyze and AutoLink function assumes that a QSO to which credit has been granted that is confirmed by neither LoTW and QSL card should be granted award credit for its QSL confirmation (because QSOs granted award credit for LoTW confirmations were already updated by "Sync LoTW QSLs" | 14.2.6 | ||||||||||
2222 | with "Display previous QSOs on lookup" enabled, the "QSO Comments" window scrolls to make the most recent comment visible | 14.2.7 | ||||||||||
2223 | add CAS-4A, CAS-4B, and FS-3 to the DefaultSatellites.txt file | 14.2.8 | ||||||||||
2224 | when directed to perform a backup on a log containing no QSOs, inform the user and ask whether to create the backup | 14.2.8 | ||||||||||
2225 | when exporting a tab-delimited file, includes the Grid1, Grid 2, Grid3, and Grid4 items | 14.3.1 | ||||||||||
2226 | enables selection of an existing folder in which QSO audio files will be stored | 14.3.3 | ||||||||||
2227 | enable generation of Cabrillo for the Makrothen contest | 14.3.5 | ||||||||||
2228 | extend DXCC and WIA progress report to show Satellite statistics for QSOs made on 1965-03-01 or later | 14.3.5 | ||||||||||
2229 | count QSOs confirmed via LoTW when generating WAZ award progress | 14.3.6 | ||||||||||
2230 | enable WAZ submissions to include QSOs confirmed via LoTW | 14.3.6 | ||||||||||
2231 | depressing the CTRL key while clicking a Filter panel button that activates an SQL search will display the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window with the "SQL Query Filters" panel displaying the SQL search | 14.3.7 | ||||||||||
2232 | don't submit QSO to LoTW if its RX Band and RX Freq items are inconsistent | 14.3.8 | ||||||||||
2233 | remove the NPOTA progress report | 14.3.9 | ||||||||||
2234 | provide an ARRL Grid Chase progress report | 14.3.9 | ||||||||||
2235 | pace eQSL image downloads at the rate of 4 per minute | 14.4.1 | ||||||||||
2226 | invoking the Capture window's Log or Clear functions via mouse click or keyboard shortcut clears the WPX prefix the Capture window would next log if a callsign were entered without striking the Enter or Tab key | 14.4.2 | ||||||||||
2228 | when a Grid Chase progress report is generated, inform the user if the Log Page Display is filtered, and include the filter expression in the generated progress report | 14.4.4 | ||||||||||
2229 | changes in support of the promotion of Kosovo to a DXCC entity | 14.4.6 | ||||||||||
2230 | add AO-92 to the DefaultSatellites.txt file | 14.4.6 | ||||||||||
2231 | if QSO's CQ zone is confirmed via LoTW, include a 'Z' in its LoTW Confirmations item | 14.4.7 | ||||||||||
2232 | only consider a QSO's CQ zone to be confirmed via LoTW if the QSO is confirmed via LoTW and if the QSO's LoTW Confirmations item includes a 'Z' | 14.4.7 | ||||||||||
2233 | when interacting with Club Log APIs, use HTTPS | 14.4.7 | ||||||||||
2234 | an ADIF record generate from a QSL Queue entry that specifies a "my QTH ID" will include the MY_CITY, MY_CNTY, MY_CQ_ZONE, MY_COUNTRY, MY_GRIDSQUARE, MY_IOTA, MY_ITU_ZONE, MY_LAT, MY_LON, MY_POSTAL_CODE, MY_STATE, MY_STREET, MY_NAME, MY_RIG, MY_SIG, MY_SIG_INFO, APP_DXKEEPER_MY_ANT, and APP_DXKEEPER_MY_EMAIL fields | 14.4.7 | ||||||||||
2235 | Clicking the Fonts button in the in the "Log Panels" panel on the Configuration window's Log tab governs the font used in the Filter panel textbox on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab | 14.4.7 | ||||||||||
2236 | update primary subdivision database entries for China to specify alphabetic province codes | 14.4.9 | ||||||||||
2237 | with "Subdivision validity checking" enabled on the Configuration window's Province tab, the Recompute function updates Chinese province codes from numeric to alphabetic | 14.4.9 | ||||||||||
2238 | when importing an ADIF or tab-delimited file or logging a QSO received from another application, numeric Chinese province codes are converted to alphabetic codes | 14.4.9 | ||||||||||
2239 | when "Sync LoTW QSLs" or "Update from LoTW" detect a mismatch between a logged QSOs data and the data reported by LoTW, set the QSO's Select item to 'Y' | 14.4.9 | ||||||||||
2240 | increase the height of the Filter panel textbox | 14.4.9 | ||||||||||
2241 | generate Cabrillo for the PACC contest | 14.4.9 | ||||||||||
2242 | inform the user if a WAZ submission cannot be assembled or a WAZ submission report cannot be generated because Realtime Award Tracking for WAZ is not enabled | 14.5.0 | ||||||||||
2243 | popup explanations for the Mode selector on the Capture window and on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab specify the filename containing mode specifications | 14.5.0 | ||||||||||
2244 | if on startup or after loading a log file, the DXCC database version last known to be consistent with the log file's DXCC progress table is different than that of the currently-installed DXCC database, check to see if the log file's DXCC progress table is consistent with the currently-installed DXCC database; if inconsistent, offer to invoke the Recompute function | 14.5.0 | ||||||||||
2245 | update Club Log Home function to use HTTPS | 14.5.1 | ||||||||||
2246 | provide the option to include LoTW confirmation status in the progress reports for JARL AJA, JCC, JCG, and WAJA awards | 14.5.5 | ||||||||||
2247 | include eQSL confirmation status in the progress reports for JARL AJA, JCC, JCG, and WAJA awards | 14.5.5 | ||||||||||
2248 | In the "WAZ bands & Modes" panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab, remove the single-band Mixed checkboxes for 80m through 10m, as single-band mixed WAZ awards are no longer available | 14.5.5 | ||||||||||
2249 | when assembling a WAZ submission, generate a spreadsheet for each pursued WAZ award whose contents can be pasted into the CQ-provided WAZ Application spreadsheet, and produce a summary report showing the QSOs submitted for each award | 14.5.5 | ||||||||||
2250 | provide a WAZ Credits function that generates a spreadsheet for each pursued WAZ award containing QSOs to which WAZ credit has already been granted, and that generates a summary report showing the QSOs submitted for each award | 14.5.5 | ||||||||||
2251 | when performing a Recompute, clear the Region of any Chinese QSO that specifies a region (correcting a defect in DXCC database 2.5.9) | 14.5.6 | ||||||||||
2167 | provide the option to log imported QSOs with the SFI/A/K specified on the Configuration window's Defaults tab, which is updated by SpotCollector if running | 14.5.8 | ||||||||||
2252 | add Kazakhstan Oblasts to the primary subdivision database | 14.5.8 | ||||||||||
2253 | change name of Croation primary subdivisons from Županija to Zupanija | 14.5.8 | ||||||||||
2254 | inform the user on attempting to save a myQTH with fields containing too much data | 14.6.0 | ||||||||||
2255 | generates SOTA activator progress reports and submission files, employing a User-defined item whose caption is set to MY_SOTA_REF | 14.6.0 | ||||||||||
2256 | enable the IOTA Update function to process confirmation information downloaded from the IOTA web page | 14.6.0 | ||||||||||
2257 | the IOTA update function should characterize a QSO whose reported time is 0000-00-00 00:00:00 as "ignored" due to the missing date and time, rather than as an error | 14.6.1 | ||||||||||
2258 | generated SOTA submission files include the contents of each QSO's "QSL Msg" item | 14.6.1 | ||||||||||
2259 | generated SOTA activator submission files specify the precise QSO frequency | 14.6.1 | ||||||||||
2260 | the IOTA update function updates the first logged QSO within a 30-minute range surrounding the reported QSO date and time | 14.6.1 | ||||||||||
2261 | detects the presence of an override database and, if present, uses it | 14.6.7 | ||||||||||
2262 | when processing an inbound OQRS confirmation request for a QSO whose QSL_Sent item is set to 'Y' but whose QSL_Sent_Via item is not set to 'B' or 'D', set the QSO's QSL_Sent item to 'R', and set the QSO's QSL_Sent_Via item to to 'B' (for bureau) or 'D' (for direct) as indicated in the confirmation request | 14.7.0 | ||||||||||
2263 | emits a Cabrillo mode of DG for any digital mode contest QSO when the contest selector is set to ARRL-RTTY, and a Cabrillo mode of RY for any digital mode contest QSO when the contest selector is not set to ARRL-RTTY. | 14.7.0 | ||||||||||
2264 | add CTRL and SHIFT options to the OQRS button in the QSL panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab to set the QSO's "QSL_RCVD_VIA" item to 'D' or 'B' | 14.7.1 | ||||||||||
2265 | accept up to 4 grid squares from an override | 14.7.5 | ||||||||||
2266 | add AS (aircraft scatter) to propagation selectors | 14.7.9 | ||||||||||
2267 | accept SUBMODE when importing a tab-delimited file, and include SUBMODE when exporting a tab-delimited file | 14.7.9 | ||||||||||
2268 | add JS8 and PSK2K to DefaultModes.txt | 14.7.9 | ||||||||||
2269 | in ADIF and tab-delimited file import/export operations, recognize all SUBMODEs specified in ADIF 3.0.9 | 14.7.9 | ||||||||||
2270 | include a by-continent analysis in the CQ DX Marathon report | 14.8.2 | ||||||||||
2273 | reference USAP database when importing QSOs | 14.8.3 | ||||||||||
2274 | accept an ExternalLog
directive via DDE or TCP that specifies an ADIF record to log,
and the following options: - upload to Club Log - upload to eQSL.cc - upload to LoTW - deduce missing information from primary subdivision and DXCC database - update eQSL.cc membership - update LoTW membership - check the Override List |
14.8.3 | ||||||||||
2275 | add APP_N1MM_EXCHANGE1 and SRX_STRING to the "State, Province, & Section" selector in the "Replacement Options" panel on the Main window's "Import QSOs" tab | 14.8.4 | ||||||||||
2277 | in the "Advance Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window's "UTC Filter" panel, double-clicking in the "within" or "after" boxes will set them to the current date and time | 14.8.5 | ||||||||||
2278 | In the "Advance Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window's "Duplicates" panel, add a Range box that specifies the range (in minutes) that defines a duplicate QSO | 14.8.6 | ||||||||||
2281 | add "low risk" totals to the CQ DX Marathon progress report | 14.8.7 | ||||||||||
2282 | provide the ability to specify the font color to be used to render the Capture window callsign as a function of award need: verified, unneeded, unconfirmed, unworked band/mode, unworked, or tagged special | |||||||||||
2283 | provide the option to automatically use the colors specified on the "Spot Database Display" tab of SpotCollector's Configuration window for the Capture window's Callsign textbox font and background colors, and for the Log Page Display's background colors | 14.8.8 | ||||||||||
2284 | provide a <countyexplicit> QSL substitution command that either prints the QSO's county followed by the word County, or if the QSO doesn't specify a county, prints nothing | 14.8.8 | ||||||||||
2285 | add a "Sat Name" and a "Sat Mode" selector to the Capture window | 14.8.8 | ||||||||||
2286 | adds FT4 to Mode Selectors and the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window's Mode filter panel | 14.9.0 | ||||||||||
2287 | imports and exports FT4 QSOs | 14.9.0 | ||||||||||
2289 | export FT4 QSOs with a submode representation | 14.9.2 | ||||||||||
2290 | accept a directive to populate the Filter panel textbox | 14.9.3 | ||||||||||
2291 | add AISAT1 and PO-101 to DefaultSatellites.txt | 14.9.3 | ||||||||||
2292 | add "Unworked Counties" and "Statistics by State" sections to the USA-CA progress report | 14.9.7 | ||||||||||
2293 | in the Secondary Subdivision database, rename South Dakota's Shannon County to Oglala Lakota County | 14.9.8 | ||||||||||
2294 | improve the format of the "Unworked Counties" and "Statistics by State" sections of the USA-CA progress report | 14.9.8 | ||||||||||
2295 | if the Capture window's "sat name" selector is not empty, clicking the Capture window's Log button will log the QSO with its "Propagation mode" item set to SAT | 15.0.0 | ||||||||||
2296 | if when directed to lookup callsign X, QRZ XML returns information for callsign Y, check to see if Y is included as an alias for X; if so, report only location-independent information; if not, report "callsign not found" | 15.0.1 | ||||||||||
2297 | notify the user if a QSO received from another application can't be logged | 15.0.2 | ||||||||||
2298 | when importing an ADIF file, accept a list of grid squares specified in the VUCC_GRIDS tag | 15.0.2 | ||||||||||
2299 | update the Secondary Subdivision Database for Alaska to match ADIF | 15.0.2 | ||||||||||
2300 | adds a "Copy to Windows Clipboard" command to the Log Page Display's right-mouse menu | 15.0.2 | ||||||||||
2301 | add BO-102, NO-103, and NO-104 to the DefaultSatellites.txt file | 15.0.7 | ||||||||||
2302 | display a progress window while executing a script | 15.0.8 | ||||||||||
2303 | expanding the width of the Main window's "my QTHs" tab expands the width of the "my QTHs" table shown on that tab | 15.0.9 | ||||||||||
2305 | when logging via the Capture window, or via the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab with "optimize for realtime QSO entry" enabled, and with Commander 14.1.8 or later running and connected to a satellite tracking application, populates the "Satellite Name" and "Satellite Mode" items with the information being reported by Commander | 15.1.1 | ||||||||||
2306 | when logging via the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab with "optimize for realtime QSO entry" enabled and with Commander 14.1.8 or later running and connected to a satellite tracking application, sets the Prop Mode item to "SAT" | 15.1.5 | ||||||||||
2307 | add QSO date to the USA-CA submission report | 15.1.5 | ||||||||||
2308 | provide the ability to generate user item progress reports from a script | 15.1.7 | ||||||||||
2309 | "Sync eQSL.cc QSLs" sets a QSO's "eQSL Member" item to 'A' if the eQSL Inbox record contains APP_EQSL_AG:1>Y | 15.1.8 | ||||||||||
2310 | when generating a progress
report from information in a selected user-defined item,
|
15.2.0 | ||||||||||
2311 | remove the "determine the DXCC entity from the 5th character in a 6-character VK9 callsign" rule (retract enhancement #1157) | 15.2.3 | ||||||||||
2312 | provide a FIX-China_Hunan_CQ_Zone.txt script | 15.2.3 | ||||||||||
2313 | provide a WPX Update function that accepts a spreadsheet with one worksheet per mode containing callsigns to which WPX credit has been granted, and updates logged QSOs to reflect the granting of WPX credit | 15.2.4 | ||||||||||
2314 | add VA to Satellite Mode selectors | 15.2.4 | ||||||||||
2315 | set the Select items of logged QSOs to Y in QSOs whose callsigns appear in a specified text file | 15.2.4 | ||||||||||
2316 | update the DXCCVerification file referenced by the "DXCC Compare" function to "Kingdom of Eswatini" | 15.2.5 | ||||||||||
2317 | improve printer quality selection | 15.2.5 | ||||||||||
2318 | consider an override to end at 23:59:59Z on the specified end date | 15.2.5 | ||||||||||
2319 | provide FFMA support
|
15.2.9 | ||||||||||
2320 | the "Add SWL entry to QSL Queue" command in the Log Page Display's right mouse menu provides the option of specifying a QSL message to appear on the QSL card or label | 15.2.9 | ||||||||||
2321 | update Club Log OQRS URL | 15.3.2 | ||||||||||
2322 | include a QSO's satellite name and satellite mode when submitting that QSO to eQSL | 15.3.3 | ||||||||||
2323 | provide a "User-specified digital mode family" selector in the "DXCC Bands & Modes" panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab | 15.3.3 | ||||||||||
2324 | in SQL expressions, replace <USERDIGIMODE1> with a comma-delimited list of all modes in the current log's "user-specified digital mode family" | 15.3.3 | ||||||||||
2325 | with the "Modify QSOs" panel's "Item name" selector set to a grid square item, setting its "Item new value" to <ShortGrid> will in each QSO in the Log Page Display reduce the precision of that grid square item to 4 characters | 15.3.4 | ||||||||||
2328 | provide a "non-compliant ADIF" option that compensates for reported defects in the ADIF files generated by some applications | 15.3.8 | ||||||||||
2329 | include the submode in import, eQSL sync, and LoTW sync reports | 15.4.7 | ||||||||||
2330 | the Call filter filters the Log Page Display to contain QSOs with the specified callsign prepended with a ! | 15.4.7 | ||||||||||
2331 | changes to Japanese Secondary Subdivisions:
1. Added Nakagawa (city), JCC #4037 |
15.4.8 | ||||||||||
2332 | inform the user when a "Sync LoTW QSOs", "Sync LoTW QSLs", or "Update from LoTW" operation produces a "Username/password incorrect" response from LoTW | 15.4.9 | ||||||||||
2333 | enable "Sync LoTW QSOs", "Sync LoTW QSLs" function to work correctly when the CTRL key is depressed given change to LoTW's lotwreport programmatic interface | 15.4.9 | ||||||||||
2335 | with realtime VUCC award checking enabled, when the "Sync LoTW QSLs" or "Update from LoTW" function reports an LoTW confirmation that does not specify a grid square on a band on which VUCC is sought, report the logged QSO's grid square and confirmation status | 15.5.4 | ||||||||||
2336 | with "Handling of LoTW QSL detail inconsistencies set to "Overwrite Log Data with LotW data", the after action report shows each updated item's new value, and its previously logged value | 15.5.5 | ||||||||||
2337 | with "Handling of LoTW QSL detail inconsistencies set to "Display a dialog box and let operator choose", the after action report shows each updated item's new value, and its previously logged value, as well as items whose values have been retained | 15.5.6 | ||||||||||
2338 | when reporting the results of a "Sync eQSL QSLs" or "Sync LoTW QSLs" or "Update from LoTW" function for a QSO whose QSO mode is represented by an ADIF mode and ADIF submode, report the QSO mode | 15.5.7 | ||||||||||
2339 | LoTW confirmations are accepted for IOTA awards | 15.5.9 | ||||||||||
2340 | augment the subdivision database with
Russian districts specfied in http://rdaward.org/press16_eng.txt |
15.5.9 | ||||||||||
2341 | Adds HO-107 and Taurus to DefaultSatellites.txt | 15.5.9 | ||||||||||
2342 | if "Sync LoTW QSOs" or "Sync LoTW QSLs" are invoked with the Log Page Display filtered, offer a "cancel" option | 15.6.0 | ||||||||||
2343 | provide a EntityCount.txt script whose resulting log shows the number of logged QSOs with each DXCC entity prefix | 15.6.0 | ||||||||||
2344 | improve the after-action report generated by the "Update from LoTW" function | 15.6.2 | ||||||||||
2345 | provide the ability to specify envelope dimensions in inches or millimeters | 15.6.3 | ||||||||||
2346 | when generating an IOTA submission, choose an LoTW-confirmed QSO whose QSO partner submitted IOTA designator matches the IOTA designator in your logged QSO over an LoTW-confirmed QSO that lacks the IOTA designator match | 15.6.4 | ||||||||||
2347 | Adds TO-108 to DefaultSatellites.txt | 15.6.9 | ||||||||||
2349 | accept POTA, SOTA, and WWFF tags from SpotCollector | 15.7.1 | ||||||||||
2350 | eQSL confirmations are no longer accepted for RDA | 15.7.1 | ||||||||||
2351 | support the new FST4 mode | 15.7.3 | ||||||||||
2352 | improve the content of explanatory popups in the Log Page Display | 15.7.5 | ||||||||||
2353 | improve the content of explanatory popups in the Award Progress tables on each of the tabs on the Realtime Award Tracking window | 15.7.5 | ||||||||||
2354 | supports changes made in ADIF 3.1.1
|
15.8.0 | ||||||||||
2355 | make the default myQTH's Sig and SigInfo available to other applications | 15.8.2 | ||||||||||
2356 | generate a progress report for the Helvetia 26 award family | 15.8.5 | ||||||||||
2357 | include each QSO's email item in an exported tab-delimited file | 15.8.7 | ||||||||||
2358 | provide a "Prompt on change to logged QSO already uploaded to eQSL.cc and/or LoTW" option in the General panel on the "QSL Configuration" window's General tab | 15.8.9 | ||||||||||
2359 |
enhancements to the "Uniques" function on the Main window's Check Progress tab
|
15.8.9 | ||||||||||
2360 | when logging a QSO, include the entity-band-mode progress in the information conveyed to SpotCollector | 15.9.2 | ||||||||||
2361 | improve label column widths | 15.9.3 | ||||||||||
2362 | provide a "Check LoTW Queue" function on the Main window's QSL tab when the "QSL Via" panel is set to LoTW | 15.9.3 | ||||||||||
2363 | provide the option to maintain the default station callsign, operator callsign and owner callsign in a log file | 15.9.3 | ||||||||||
2364 | provide the option to display the Configuration window's defaults tab whenever a log file is opened | 15.9.3 | ||||||||||
2365 | simplify the display of the current hour's estimated LoTW Queue duration, and clear it after the end of the current hour | 15.9.4 | ||||||||||
2366 | improve the contents of the tooltip associated with the estimated LoTW Queue duration | 15.9.4 | ||||||||||
2367 | improve the readability of date-and-times shown on the Main window's QSL tab | 15.9.5 | ||||||||||
2368 | display the default Station Callsign in the Main window's title bar, enclosed by curly braces | 15.9.6 | ||||||||||
2369 | add a "Set Select to Y'" option to the Log Page Display's right-mouse popup menu | 15.9.9 | ||||||||||
2370 | add "by band" and "by mode" totals to Marathon progress reports | 16.0.0 | ||||||||||
2371 | when importing an ADIF file that contains a APP_DXLOG_RCVD field, import its contents into the QSO's rx_info item | 16.0.1 | ||||||||||
2372 | when importing an ADIF file that contains a APP_DXLOG_RECINFO, APP_DXLOG_RECINFO2, or APP_DXLOG_RECINFO3 field, import its contents into the QSO's rx_info item if a "higher priority" field is not present in the QSO Record | 16.0.2 | ||||||||||
2373 | when double-clicking a Spot Database Entry in SpotCollector sends a NewEntry directive to DXKeeper with SpotCollector's "Log Filter" set to "call" and DXKeeper's "Display previous QSOs on Lookup" disabled, sets DXKeeper's Filter panel textbox to the Spot Database Entry's callsign | 16.0.4 | ||||||||||
2374 | add SX to the Satellite Mode selector | 16.0.5 | ||||||||||
2375 |
provides a "Set Select" panel on the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window
|
16.0.5 | ||||||||||
2376 | extend the "From Callsign File" function to treat the space character as a callsign delimiter in the selected text file | 16.0.6 | ||||||||||
2377 | on startup, if the file SatelliteModes.txt is present in DXKeeper's Databases folder, loads its contents into the Satellite Mode selector in Capture window and in the Propagation panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab | 16.0.6 | ||||||||||
2378 | when double-clicking a Spot Database Entry in SpotCollector sends a NewEntry directive to WinWarbler with SpotCollector's "Log Filter" set to "call" and DXKeeper's "Display previous QSOs on Lookup" disabled, sets DXKeeper's Filter panel textbox to the Spot Database Entry's callsign | 16.0.7 | ||||||||||
2379 | if when directed to log a QSO by another application and unable to add an entry to the log's QSO table, wait 10 ms and retry | 16.0.8 | ||||||||||
2380 | provides a "Create Mobile myQTHID" option on the Main window's "Import QSOs" tab | 16.0.8 | ||||||||||
2381 | if when directed to log a QSO by another application and unable to add an entry to the log's QSO table, close and re-open the recordset, and then retry | 16.0.9 | ||||||||||
2382 | depressing the CTRL key while clicking the "Check LoTW Queue" button directs your default web browser to display the LoTW Server's processing queue history and current status | 16.0.9 | ||||||||||
2383 | support 67 new submodes added to ADIF 3.1.2: DOM-M, DOM4, DOM5, DOM8, DOM11, DOM16, DOM22, DOM44, DOM88, HELLX5, HELLX9, SLOWHELL, FST4W, JTMS, MFSK64L, MFSK128L, Q65, 8PSK125, 8PSK125F, 8PSK125FL, 8PSK250, 8PSK250F, 8PSK250FL, 8PSK500, 8PSK500F, 8PSK1000, 8PSK1000F, 8PSK1200F, PSK63RC20, PSK63RC32, PSK63RC4, PSK63RC5, PSK63RC10, PSK125RC10, PSK125RC12, PSK125RC16, PSK125RC4, PSK125RC5, PSK250RC2, PSK250RC3, PSK250RC5, PSK250RC6, PSK250RC7, PSK500RC2, PSK500RC3, PSK500RC4, PSK800RC2, PSK1000RC2, THOR-M, THOR4, THOR5, THOR8, THOR11, THOR16, THOR22, THOR25X4, THOR50X1, THOR50X2, THOR100, THRBX1, THRBX2, THRBX4, THROB1, THROB2, THROB4, NAVTEX, SITORB | 16.1.0 | ||||||||||
2384 | includes a Normalize_ITU.txt script in its Scripts folder than removes leading zeroes from the ITU items of logged QSOs | 16.1.0 | ||||||||||
2385 | ignore control characters and leading spaces in responses from Club Log | 16.1.1 | ||||||||||
2386 | include SAT_NAME in ADIF records sent to or destined for Club Log | 16.1.1 | ||||||||||
2387 | enable filtering of VUCC progress by gridsquare | 16.1.3 | ||||||||||
2388 | use less resources when expanding the Mode field capacity from 8 to 12 characters | 16.1.4 | ||||||||||
2390 | provide row-by-row control over the Capture window layout | 16.1.7 | ||||||||||
2391 | if "Sync LoTW QSOs" encounters a duplicate QSO, set its Select item to 'Y' | 16.2.0 | ||||||||||
2392 | provides the Duplicate filter with a Merge option to that harvests information from duplicate QSOs whose Select items are set to 'Y' and places it into empty items in the QSO whose Select item will not be set to 'Y' | 16.2.0 | ||||||||||
2393 | provides the "Duplicate Checking panel on the Main window's "Import QSOs" tab with a "Merge information from each duplicate into the existing QSO" option that when enabled updates information not present in an existing QSO with information harvested from an imported duplicate QSO | 16.2.1 | ||||||||||
2394 | when double-clicking a callsign in Commander's Bandspread or Spectrum-Waterfall windows with SpotCollector's "Log Filter" set to "call" and DXKeeper's "Display previous QSOs on Lookup" disabled, direct DXKeeper to populate its Filter panel textbox to the double-clicked callsign | 16.2.1 | ||||||||||
2395 | include the GRIDSQUARE and VUCC_GRIDS items when submitting a QSO to Club Log, and recognize Club Log's new "Updated" response | 16.2.4 | ||||||||||
2396 | set a QSO's ClubLog item to 'M' if one of its gridsquares is cleared or set to a valid gridsquare, or if the confirmation status of any of its gridsquare changes, or if the VUCC credit status of its gridsquares changes | 16.2.5 | ||||||||||
2397 | when uploading a QSO to ClubLog, include the ADIF QSLRDATE, QSLSDATE, OPERATOR, BAND_RX, QSL_SENT, NOTES, and CREDIT_GRANTED fields | 16.2.5 | ||||||||||
2398 | if the "include eQSL.cc QSLs in DXCC, VUCCC, WAS, WAC, & Maidenhead Grid progress" option is enabled, set a QSO's ClubLog item to 'M' if its GRIDSQUARE item is confirmed via eQSL | 16.2.6 | ||||||||||
2399 | when uploading a QSO to ClubLog, include the ADIF eQSL_QSL_Rcvd fields | 16.2.7 | ||||||||||
2400 | in panels on the Main window's Log QSOs tab, interpret CTRL-N a shortcut to the QSL# item | 16.2.9 | ||||||||||
2401 | in the Filter panel at the bottom of the Main window's Log QSOs tab, interpret CTRL-N a shortcut to the QSL# item | 16.3.3 | ||||||||||
2402 | add Q65 to the "Mode Filter" panel on the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window | 16.3.4 | ||||||||||
2403 | enable Modify and ModifyWithoutBackup script commands to computationally modify a QSO's freq or rx_freq item | 16.3.5 | ||||||||||
2404 | reference the RDA database (if present) to determine a Russian callsign's Oblast and District | 16.3.6 | ||||||||||
2405 | import DARC_DOK in addition to APP_DXKeeper_DOK ; export DARC_DOK | 16.3.6 | ||||||||||
2407 | on the Main window's "Export QSOs" tab, add SRX to the "Replacement Options" panel's "Station, Province, & Section" selector | 16.3.6 | ||||||||||
2408 | add <QSOBegin> and <QSOEnd> QSL substitution commands | 16.3.6 | ||||||||||
2409 | Extends the Main window's QSL tab's "QSL Via" panel's "save to ADIF file" and "save to Tab-delimited file" options to include the QSO's End time | 16.3.6 | ||||||||||
2410 | the RAC award accepts LoTW confirmations | 16.3.6 | ||||||||||
2411 | remove support for the now-defunct "Global QSL" remote printing service | 16.3.6 | ||||||||||
2412 | when using "QRZ XML data" as a callbook and a nickname is reported, use it in preference to the reported first name | 16.3.6 | ||||||||||
2413 | provide a Need filter that populates the Needed item of each QSO in the Log Page Display based on whether its confirmation would advance award progress towards the DXCC, IOTA, VUCC, WAS, WAZ, WPX award on the bands and modes sought | 16.3.6 | ||||||||||
2406 | provide the option to display QSOs not confirmed via LoTW that are "needed" for DXCC, IOTA, VUCC, WAS, WAZ, WPX | 16.3.6 | ||||||||||
2407 |
if the RDA database is installed in DXView, reference it to determine a Russian or USSR callsign's DXCC entity, Oblast, and District - take the QSO Begin date of an already-logged QSO into account when determining a Russian or USSR callsign's DXCC entity, Oblast, and District - with "Optimize for realtime QSO entry" disabled when logging a QSO via a Main window's "Log QSOs" tab and the mouse cursor positioned in the "QSO Begin" item, striking the Enter key re-evaluates a Russian or USSR callsign's DXCC entity, Oblast, and District based on the callsign and QSO Begin date |
16.3.6 | ||||||||||
2408 | modify the CBA function to not modify confirmed items when invoked with the CTRL key depressed | 16.3.7 | ||||||||||
2409 | modify the CBA function to query the RDA database, if installed | 16.3.7 | ||||||||||
2410 | when the CBA function is invoked with the Callbook set to "QRZ.com via Pathfinder", determines if the operation will take longer than 1 minute given the 15 lookups-per-minute rate, and if so informs the user of the expected duration and requests permission to proceed | 16.3.7 | ||||||||||
2411 | when logging a British callsign via the Capture window, hide the Region selector's ? button so a full WAB square designator is visible | 16.3.7 | ||||||||||
2412 | handle callbooks that report a Canadian province as a state | 16.3.7 | ||||||||||
2413 | provide an option that determines whether the CBA function generates a Callbook Lookup Actions Report | 16.3.9 | ||||||||||
2414 | retract eQSL "Download Images" function | 16.4.1 | ||||||||||
2415 | adds AO-109, KEDR, HO-113, MAYA-3, MAYA-4, and UVSQ to the DefaultSatellites.txt file | 16.4.1 | ||||||||||
2416 | provide a new "Spot POTA, SOTA, & WWFF tags" option in the "Outgoing Spots" panel on the Configuration window's General tab | 16.4.1 | ||||||||||
2417 | when importing an ADIF file with "Enable Override checking" enabled, extracts information from <SEC:> tags in an Override's Location field | 16.4.4 | ||||||||||
2418 |
updates the Secondary Subdivision database to include a table
that relates counties in California, Florida, Massachusetts, New
Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Texas, and Washington to ARRL sections, and references this
table when
|
16.4.4 | ||||||||||
2419 | provide a new "Spot IOTA, POTA, SOTA, & WWFF tags" option in the "Outgoing Spots" panel on the Configuration window's General tab | 16.4.4 | ||||||||||
2420 | increase the speed of multiple-QSO CBA lookups and import operations that use "QRZ via Pathfinder" by more accurately implementing the required 15-lookups-per-minute pacing | 16.4.5 | ||||||||||
2422 | when importing QSOs, accept 8-digit grid squares | 16.4.6 | ||||||||||
2423 | adds MO-112 to the DefaultSatellites.txt file | 16.4.7 | ||||||||||
2424 | restore eQSL image download function with 1 second pacing | 16.5.3 | ||||||||||
2425 | provide a "Default Propagation Mode by band" panel on the Configuration window's Defaults tab | 16.5.7 | ||||||||||
2426 | add CAS-2T to the DefaultSatellites.txt file | 16.5.8 | ||||||||||
2427 | when logging a QSO received from another application that does not specify a myQTH ID and with no myQTHs defined, references the default QTH Latitude and Longitude to compute distance | 16.5.8 | ||||||||||
2428 |
adds 'R' to the "QSL Sent Via" selector, meaning "Reply Card",
exporting this to an ADIF file with <QSL_SENT_VIA:1>D
<APP_DXKEEPER_QSL_SENT_VIA_REPLY_CARD:1>Y - when the "QSL Via" panel on the Main window's QSL tab is not set to eQSL or LoTW, provide an "Include QSLs to be sent via Reply Cards" checkbox in the "Process QSLs and Addresses" panel - adds "Add Needed sets Sent Via to 'R' (for Reply Card) to the "Add Needed" panel on the "QSL Configuration" window's General tab |
16.5.9 | ||||||||||
2429 | after a Reply Card is printed for a QSO, the "Update Log" function sets that QSO's "QSL Sent Via" item to 'R' (for "Reply Card") | 16.6.0 | ||||||||||
2430 | adds ARRL-DIGI to the Contest-ID selector on the Configuration window's Contest tab, and supports Cabrillo generation for ARRL-DIGI QSOs | 16.6.0 | ||||||||||
2431 | when importing a QSO or receiving a QSO from another application that does not specify an azimuth or distance, compute them if the QSO specifies sufficient information | 16.6.3 | ||||||||||
2432 |
supports modes and submodes defined in ADIF 3.1.3, adding them
to DefaultModes.txt in DXKeeper's Databases folder: - submodes of DIGITALVOICE: C4M, CMR, DSTART - mode DYNAMIC with submodes: VARA HF, VARA SATELLITE, VARA FM 1200, VARA FM 9600 |
16.6.5 | ||||||||||
2433 | adds GWAVE and LOW to the propagation mode selectors (ground wave, line of sight) | 16.6.5 | ||||||||||
2434 |
update the Primary Subdivision Database for South Korea (country
code 137) - add entry for Sejong - add entry for Special Island - update province names |
16.6.5 | ||||||||||
2435 | corrects the Primary Subdivision Database for Skåne län in Sweden by changing the code from L to M (tnx to Bjorn SM7IUN) | 16.6.5 | ||||||||||
2436 | adds tables to the Secondary Subdivision Database for municipalities in Spain, Baleric Islands, Canary Islands, Ceuta, and Melita | 16.6.5 | ||||||||||
2437 | add the K1USN Slow Speed Test (K1USN-SST), the Vermont QSO Party (VT-QSO-PARTY), and Winter Field Day (WFD) to Contest ID selectors; note that documentation of Cabrillo templates for these contests could not be located, so Cabrillo generation is not supported | 16.6.5 | ||||||||||
2438 | adds CAS-2T to DefaultSatellites.txt in DXKeeper's Databases folder | 16.6.5 | ||||||||||
485 | generate a myQTH report; include the number of QSOs made from each myQTH | 16.6.6 | ||||||||||
2439 | in the QRZ panel on the Configuration window's Callbook tab, expand the name of the "Ignore geocoded grid squares" option to "Ignore geocoded grid squares, latitudes, and longitudes" | 16.6.7 | ||||||||||
2440 | provides a "Preferred Location Source" panel on the Configuration window's Callbook tab | 16.6.7 | ||||||||||
2441 | provide a "Substitute default Propagation mode for missing PROP_MODE" option in the "Substitution options" panel on the Configuration window's Defaults tab | 16.7.1 | ||||||||||
2442 | accept a Check command via TCP that filters the Log Page Display to contain all QSOs with the specified callsign | 16.7.6 | ||||||||||
2443 | add PE to ARRL Section selectors | 16.7.7 | ||||||||||
2444 | assign QSOs with the province of PE to the ARRL section of PE | 16.7.8 | ||||||||||
2445 | provide a YASME progress report that recognizes confirmations via QSL card, eQSL, and LoTW | 16.8.1 | ||||||||||
2446 | enable the YASME progress report to be invoked from a script | 16.8.2 | ||||||||||
2447 | include the YASME database in the "Database Info" window | 16.8.3 | ||||||||||
2448 | on the Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers window, provide the ability to set Select to Y or N in all QSOs in the Log Page Display | 16.8.4 | ||||||||||
2449 | extend upper bound of the SUBMM band to 75000000000 MHz in compliance with forthcoming ADIF 3.1.4 | 16.8.6 | ||||||||||
2450 | provide a "print grid lines" option on the "QSL Configuration" window's "QSL Labels" tab | 16.9.1 | ||||||||||
2451 | left-justify the Band column on printed QSL labels | 16.9.1 | ||||||||||
2453 | when generating a CQ DX Marathon Progress Report or Submission, identifies and reports QSOs whose logged CQ zone is inconsistent information from the DXCC, RDA, or USAP databases and whose "Zone Risk" items are nominal, and sets their "Zone Risk" items to High | 16.9.2 | ||||||||||
2454 | considers LoTW confirmations to be valid for JARL WAJA, JCC, JCG, and AGA awards | 16.9.2 | ||||||||||
2455 | when generating a CQ DX Marathon Progress Report or Submission, reference the Override list for when checking for CQ zone consistency | 16.9.3 | ||||||||||
2456 | import and export the CLUBLOG_QSO_UPLOAD_STATUS and CLUBLOG_QSO_UPLOAD_DATE fields; continue to import the App_DXKeeper_ClubLog and APP_DXKeeper_ClubLogDate fields | 16.9.4 | ||||||||||
2457 | add FREEDV and M17 as submodes of the DIGITALVOICE mode (ADIF 3.1.4) | 16.9.7 | ||||||||||
2458 | add EA-MAJESTAD-CW,EA-MAJESTAD-SSB, and ICWC-MST to ContestID selector (ADIF 3.1.4) | 16.9.7 | ||||||||||
2459 | in the Secondary Subdivision Database for Japan, remove the word Ku from the 23 cities within Tokyo | 16.9.8 | ||||||||||
2460 | add CA-5A and IO-117 to DefaultSatellites.txt | 16.9.9 | ||||||||||
2461 | add FO-118 to DefaultSatellites.txt | 16.9.9 | ||||||||||
2462 | update the URL associated with the Club Log panel's Home button | 16.9.9 | ||||||||||
2463 | support the new ADIF Region field | 17.0.0 | ||||||||||
2464 | provide a 5BWAC.txt script that generates a 5-band WAC progress report | 17.0.1 | ||||||||||
2465 | in the Capture window, depressing the ALT key while clicking the Lookup button forgoes harvesting information from previously logged QSOs with the callsign | 17.0.2 | ||||||||||
2466 | in the Capture window, depressing the ALT key while clicking the Lookup button clears all location-based items and then populates Capture items from an override (if present) and the selected callbook | 17.0.3 | ||||||||||
2467 | support 30m, 17m, and 30m mixed WAZ awards | 17.0.3 | ||||||||||
2468 | extends the Recompute function to populate or correct each QSO's "ARRL Section" item | 17.0.4 | ||||||||||
2469 | in the Marathon progress report, change the name of DXCC entity 468 to "Kingdom of Eswatini" | 17.0.4 | ||||||||||
2470 | extends the Recompute function to populate missing "ARRL Section" items and report inconsistent "ARRL Section" items unless it is invoked with the ALT key depressed, in which case it will correct inconsistent "ARRL Section" items | 17.0.5 | ||||||||||
2471 | provides a Fix_VE_Sections.txt script that updates the Sections in Canadian QSOs to reflect changes instituted by RAC | 17.0.6 | ||||||||||
2472 | provides a 5BCanada.txt script that generates a RAC CanadaAward progress report from 80m, 40m, 20m, 15m, and 10m | 17.0.6 | ||||||||||
2473 | reflect "Update to RAC Field Organization"
https://www.rac.ca/changes-to-the-rac-field-organization-effective-january-1-2023/ - add sections to the Section selectors in the Capture window, the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, and the Configuration window's Contest tab: GH, NB, NS, TER - remove sections from the Section selectors in the Capture window, and the Configuration window's Contest tab: GTA, MAR, NT |
17.0.6 | ||||||||||
2474 | a change to a QSO's "eQSL QSL Rcvd" item other than to 'X' will change its Club Log item from Y to M | 17.0.6 | ||||||||||
a change to a QSO's "QSL Rcvd" or "LoTW QSL Rcvd" item to 'X' will not change its Club Log item from Y to M | 17.0.6 | |||||||||||
2475 | when syncing with LoTW, inform the user if LoTW's Download Abuse Protector is triggered | 17.0.9 | ||||||||||
2476 | adds a new "Comma-delimited List" style for user-defined items | 17.0.9 | ||||||||||
2477 | extends the "User Item" progress report to accept multiple tags specified in a user-defined item whose style is "Comma-delimited List" | 17.0.9 | ||||||||||
2478 | In the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window's "Modify QSOs" panel, the "Item New Value" can be set to <AppendUDI X,Y, Z> where X, Y, and Z specify user-defined items whose contents are appended with comma separators to the selected Item Name | 17.0.9 | ||||||||||
2479 | If a user-defined item whose ADIF box is
checked specifies a caption of either POTA or POTA_REF, populate it when importing from a POTA_REF field and export it ot a POTA_REF field |
17.1.0 | ||||||||||
2480 | If a double-clicked Spot Database entry specifies a POTA tag and if a user-defined item whose ADIF box is checked specifies a caption of either POTA or POTA_REF, populate that user-defined item in the Capture window with that POTA tag | 17.1.1 | ||||||||||
2481 | Add a "Copy to Clipboard" button to the Print Preview window that when clicked copies the preview to the Windows Clipboard | 17.1.1 | ||||||||||
2482 | Extend WAS Realtime Award Tracking to include WAS FT8 and FT4 endorsements | 17.1.1 | ||||||||||
2484 | Provide a Recompute button on the Configuration window's Awards tab | 17.1.2 | ||||||||||
2485 | On the "QSL Configuration" window's eQSL and LoTW tabs, the Account window displayed by clicking the Update button is made "always on top" to ensure visibility | 17.1.2 | ||||||||||
2486 | in the reports generated by eQSL and LoTW "sync" functions, precede error messages with "Error: " so they can more easily be identified | 17.1.2 | ||||||||||
2487 |
improved support for uploading QSOs to Club Log, and
added support for updating logged QSOs to reflect
confirmation via Club Log
|
17.1.4 | ||||||||||
added support for uploading QSOs to QRZ, and
added support for updating logged QSOs to reflect confirmation
via QRZ
|
17.1.4 | |||||||||||
2488 | selecting a QSO whose ARRL/RAC section is not a valid section abbreviation - like VE3 - will display the invalid section abbreviation, and flash the word ARRL to its left in blue font. | 17.1.4 | ||||||||||
2489 | update IOTA realtime tracking when a QSO that specifies an IOTA tag is confirmed via LoTW | 17.1.4 | ||||||||||
2490 | provide additional Help buttons to the Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers window | 17.1.4 | ||||||||||
2491 | extend Worked All Italian Provinces award report to consider LotW confirmations | 17.1.4 | ||||||||||
2492 | add an IOTA checkbox to the Main window's myQTHs tab that determines whether QSOs made from a myQTH are valid for IOTA awards | 17.1.4 | ||||||||||
2493 | clicking the currently-selected entry in the Log Page Display directs DXView and Pathfinder to perform a lookup operation on the entry's callsign | 17.1.4 | ||||||||||
2494 | add LEDSAT to DefaultSatellites.txt | 17.1.4 | ||||||||||
2595 | when reporting a new confirmation, the "Sync LoTW QSLs" and "Sync eQSL QSLs functions indicate if the QSO is marked "invalid or ignore" | 17.1.4 | ||||||||||
2596 | increase the number of myQTHs from 1024 to 4096 | 17.1.4 | ||||||||||
2597 | accept SetNeeded and ClearNeeded commands in scripts | 17.1.4 | ||||||||||
2598 | extend the "QSL Stats" report to include Club Log and QRZ confirmations | 17.1.4 | ||||||||||
2599 | If the the "Confirmed QSOs are low risk "option is enabled, the Marathon submission generator will automatically consider countries and Marathon zones of QSOs confirmed via Club Log, or QRZ to be low risk , as well as QSOs confirmed via LoTW and authenticity-guaranteed members of eQSL | 17.1.4 | ||||||||||
2600 | invoking a the Marathon Progress Report will not set a logged QSO's CQ Zone Risk item to 'H' if the QSO's CQ Zone is confirmed via LoTW, even if that QSO's CQ zone doesn't match the USAP database's CQ Zone (for FCC-licensed station) or DXCC database (for non-FCC-licensed stations) | 17.1.4 | ||||||||||
2601 |
add a QRZ panel to the Main window's "Check Progress" tab that
provides
|
17.1.4 | ||||||||||
2602 | if MSWinsck cannot be installed, display the steps that will enable it to be installed | 17.1.4 | ||||||||||
2603 |
On the Main window's myQTH panel
|
17.1.4 | ||||||||||
2604 | when downloading from Club Log, eQSL, LoTW, or QRZ and a "download error" occurs, direct the web browser specified in the Guidance panel (Configuration window's General tab) to display the specific error message | 17.1.5 | ||||||||||
2608 | add ARRL-EME to the CONTEST_ID selector on the Configuration window's Contest tab | 17.2.0 | ||||||||||
2609 | when uploading a QSO to Club Log, eQSL, or LoTW whose callsign begins with !, remove the ! from the uploaded callsign | 17.2.0 | ||||||||||
2610 | add a "Upload QSOs whose callsigns begin with !" box to the Options tab on the QSL Configuration window's General tab that, when checked, enables callsigns that begin with ! to be uploaded to Club Log, eQSL, LoTW, and QRZ with the ! removed from the callsigns before uploading | 17.2.0 | ||||||||||
2611 | add INSPR7 to DefaultSatellites.txt | 17.2.0 | ||||||||||
2612 | The WAZ Submission window's "Verify Submission" function changes the "Club Log" item in each WAZ-verified QSO from 'Y' to 'M' | 17.2.1 | ||||||||||
2613 | The VUCC Submission window's "Verify Submission" function changes the "Club Log" item in each VUCC-verified QSO from 'Y' to 'M' | 17.2.2 | ||||||||||
2615 | provide a "Sync QRZ QSLs downloads ADIF" option on the "QSL Configuration window's QRZ tab that when enabled causes the "Sync QRZ QSLs" function to direct QRZ to download ADIF records rather than LogIDs | 17.2.4 | ||||||||||
2616 | "Sync Club Log QSLs" and "Sync QRZ QSLs" automatically clear any Log Page Display filter | 17.2.5 | ||||||||||
2617 | "Upload to QRZ" reports the number of QSOs replaced in the QRZ Logbook | 17.2.5 | ||||||||||
2606 | provide Sat and EME options in "WAZ Bands & Modes" panel that when enabled cause the WAZ Progress Report to include Satellite and EME progress | 17.3.0 | ||||||||||
2618 | extend the WAS Progress and WAS Submission reports to indicate whether or not they are limited to QRP QSOs | 17.3.0 | ||||||||||
2619 | when importing an ADIF file, tolerate a GRIDSQUARE field that specifies a list of up to 4 comma-delimited gridsquares | 17.3.0 | ||||||||||
2620 | with "log debugging info" enabled, record the reason a QSO is not included in Marathon Realtime Award Tracking | 17.3.6 | ||||||||||
2621 | add QRP as a Marathon Cas | 17.3.6 | ||||||||||
2622 | when uploading a QSO to QRZ, includes the LoTW QSL Sent, LoTW QSL Sent Date, LoTW QSL Rcvd Date, eQSL Sent, eQSL QSL Sent Date, and eQSL QSL Rcvd Date fields | 17.3.6 | ||||||||||
2623 | add SO-121 to DefaultSatellites.txt | 17.3.7 | ||||||||||
2625 | improve section titles in the Marathon Progress report | 17.3.9 | ||||||||||
2626 | add UU to the Satellite Mode selectors | 17.4.1 | ||||||||||
2627 | on the Configuration window's Awards tab, provide a "Display Progress in bold font" option in a new "Realtime Award Tracking" panel that controls the display of information in the Realtime Award Tracking window's tabs | 17.4.1 | ||||||||||
2628 | add updated TQSL error descriptions | 17.4.8 | ||||||||||
2629 | include "Challenge Class" score in the Marathon progress report | 17.4.8 | ||||||||||
2630 |
Update Secondary Subdivision Database to reflect JARL changes: 1. marked undeleted 1119 Ayase (city) 2. marked
undeleted 35010 Toyota 3. marked
undeleted 43005 Kamimashiki 4. added
180208 Hamamatsu, Chuo Ku 5. added
180209 Hamamatsu, Hamana Ku 6. marked
deleted 180201 Naka 7. marked
deleted 180202 Higashi 8. marked
deleted 180203 Nishi 9. marked
deleted 180204 Minami 10. marked
deleted 180205 Kita 11. marked deleted 180206 Hamakita |
17.4.9 | ||||||||||
2631 |
Add a Challenge checkbox to the "Marathon Bands & Modes" panel
on the Configuration window's Awards tab that when checked - checks the panel's 80m, 40m, 30m, 20m, 17m, 15m, 12m, and 10m boxes, enabling realtime award tracking for Marathon on those bands - adds Challenge statistics to the Marathon Progress Report In the "Year, Class, Category, and Submission Information" window, - adds a Challenge button to the Class panel - removes references to a Scoresheet The Marathon Submission function generates a submission file in XML and an accompanying submission report |
17.5.1 | ||||||||||
2632 | makes the dialog box displayed when "Sync LoTW QSLs" detects an inconsistency and the "Handling of LoTW QSL detail inconsistencies" panel is set to "Display a dialog box and let operator choose..." always on top | 17.5.4 | ||||||||||
2633 | extend the "Sync LoTW QSLs" and "Recompute" functions to report QSOs that specify an undefined myQTH | 17.5.4 | ||||||||||
2635 | added Sud Sardegna (SU) to the list of Sardinian Provinces, the new name of Carbonia-Iglesias (CI) since 2017-01-01 | 17.5.5 | ||||||||||
2636 | adds 5BWAS to the Award selector on the "WAS Submission" window that enables creation of a 5BWAS Submission Report | 17.5.8 | ||||||||||
2637 | provide a "Report unmatched QSLs as errors" option on the "QSL Configuration" window's QRZ tab | 17.6.0 | ||||||||||
2638 | expand the QRZ LogID item from a long integer to an unbound string | 17.6.1 | ||||||||||
2639 | ALT-clicking the "Upload to QRZ" button submits all QSOs in the Log Page Display | 17.6.3 | ||||||||||
2640 | ALT-clicking the "Upload to Club Log" button submits all QSOs in the Log Page Display | 17.6.3 | ||||||||||
2641 | errorlog.txt file header reports when running on Windows 11 | 17.6.7 | ||||||||||
2642 | the callsign progress window is updated when a QSO with the station is logged, updated, or deleted | 17.6.7 | ||||||||||
2643 | the callsign progress window is updated when a QSO with the station is confirmed via LoTW, or imported from an ADIF or tab-delimited file | 17.6.8 | ||||||||||
2644 | closing the Comment Editor or QSL Msg Editor window asks the user whether to update the destination item with un-saved characters | 17.7.4 | ||||||||||
2647 | add ARI-EME to Contest-ID selectors (Italian EME Trophy) | 17.7.7 | ||||||||||
2648 | add MO-122 to DefaultSatellites.txt | 17.7.7 | ||||||||||
2649 | extends the IOTA Update function handles new band and mode fields now present in .csv file downloaded from IOTA | 17.7.7 | ||||||||||
2650 |
when the
"Display LotW Queue" function is invoked, perform a quick check
on the availability of
http://www.arrl.org/logbook-queue-status before
invoking the URLDownloadToFile function; if that web page is not
available, inform the user and terminate the operation.If an
attempt to an invoke URLDownloadToFile fails with "resource not
found”, immediately reports this
failure to the user and provide the opportunity to abort
subsequent retries. |
17.7.8 | ||||||||||
2651 | when clicking the QSL panel's CFM button on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, depress CTRL to also set the QSO's "RCVD VIA" item to 'D' or depress ALT to also set "RCVD VIA" to 'B' | 17.8.1 | ||||||||||
2652 | the WAS Submission and VUCC Submission windows each have an independent Preference selector that determines to which submission a QSO confirmed via both QSL Card and LoTW is added; these new Preference selectors replace the "VUCC & WAS Submission panel" previously provided on the Configuration window's Awards tab | 17.8.1 | ||||||||||
2653 | provides a new "Sync All" operation driven by a new "Sync All" panel on the "QSL Configuration window's General tab | 17.8.1 | ||||||||||
2654 | ADIF 3.1.5 support - recognize QRZCOM_QSO_DOWNLOAD_DATE when importing ADIF or TDF - recognize QRZCOM_QSO_DOWNLOAD_STATUS when importing ADIF or TDF - ADIF export QRZCOM_QSO_DOWNLOAD_DATE instead of APP_DXKeeper_QRZcom_QSLRDate - ADIF export QRZCOM_QSO_DOWNLOAD_STATUS instead of APP_DXKeeper_QRZcom_QSL_Rcvd - TDF export QRZCOM_QSO_DOWNLOAD_STATUS instead of APP_DXKeeper_QRZcom_QSL_Rcvd |
17.8.4 | ||||||||||
2655 | Add support for the FSKH245 and FSKH105 digital modes | 17.8.4 | ||||||||||
2656 |
|
|||||||||||
2657 | If a callbook lookup returns an invalid IOTA tag, ignore it | 17.8.4 | ||||||||||
2658 | ADIF 3.1.5 Primary Subdivision updates and
additions per https://adif.org.uk/proposed/315/ADIF_315_annotated.htm#Primary_Administrative_Subdivision (deprecated entries have name marked with a trailing X) - 11 Andaman and Nicobar Is (new) - 21 Balearic Is - 22 Jan Mayen (new) - 29 Canary Is - 50 Mexico - 70 Cuba (new) - 108 Brazil - 112 Chile - 132 Paraguay - 142 Lakshadweep Is (new) - 144 Uruguay - 163 Papua New Guinea - 170 New Zealand - 225 Sardinia - 227 France - 230 Germany - 245 Ireland - 259 Svalbard (new) - 263 Netherlands - 266 Norway (new) - 275 Romania - 281 Spain - 284 Sweden - 324 India (new) - 375 Phillippines |
17.8.5 | ||||||||||
2659 | don't change a QSO's "QRZ Sent" item from 'Y' to 'M' when its confirmed via LoTW | 17.8.5 | ||||||||||
2660 | don't include any LoTW status in the QSO record submitted to QRZ | 17.8.5 | ||||||||||
2661 | add a "Sync All" button to the right of the Filter panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab | 17.8.5 | ||||||||||
2662 | adds AO-123 and SONATE to DefaultSatellites.txt | 17.8.5 | ||||||||||
161 | automation for filenames, URLs, and email addresses in the notes (comment) item | |||||||||||
180 | If a myQTH item caption is rendered in red when a myQTH Save is attempted, begin blinking the red captions until the myQTH items are successfully saved | |||||||||||
186 | Track user modification of QSO Info on an item-by-item basis so that clearing all Main or Capture window items is unnecessary after a Callbook lookup on an erroneous callsign | |||||||||||
192 | Optionally provide a warning on startup if a backup has not been made during the past week | |||||||||||
196 | When setting the Address item via a Callbook lookup, don't include the country name if the operator resides in that country | |||||||||||
207 | Optionally
create a master callsign database
|
|||||||||||
213 | provide
an alternative "single QSO" QSL label format that allows more
room for QSL notes and QSL manager, and is driven by
substitution commands so that users can control content
allow multiple formats to be defined, and allow the user to select the format to be used in a batch; this allows back-of-envelope labels to be generated, for example |
|||||||||||
246 | create and maintain a County progress table in each log, and notify the user when a county is needed; consider implementing in a separate award tracking application | |||||||||||
262 | 60m, 1.25M, 4M, 70CM, and 23CM award tracking | |||||||||||
264 | control order as well as content from the Config window's Log Page Display panel - use a pair of lists (candidate items, selected items) rather than a single grid | |||||||||||
280 | update DXView when the Capture window's grid item is updated | |||||||||||
301 | user-configurable report writer | |||||||||||
303 | ability to plot the DXCC entities selected by the filters on DXKeeper's Award Progress tab | |||||||||||
316 | optionally use Roman Numerals to designate months on QSL cards and labels | |||||||||||
319 | option for "Needed" to mean "work each entity on every band-mode combination" (add an all band-modes box to the Progress tab's DXCC/TOP panel) | |||||||||||
325 | print preview for address labels | |||||||||||
333 | ability to reveal why a particular QSO is broken | |||||||||||
337 | comprehensive QSO error checker (examine each QSO) | |||||||||||
349 | add "Buro service" to entity table in DXCC database; provide qualifiers on Main window's QSL tab that limit AddNeeded and AddRequested to QSOs with entities that offer Buro service, or don't offer Buro service | |||||||||||
355 | ability to query an Access database or Excel spreadsheet containing callbook-style information | |||||||||||
370 | add totals for band countries, mode countries, DXCC Challenge, etc. to the QSL kind report | |||||||||||
371 | before creating a backup, verify that the selected volume contains sufficient space | |||||||||||
372 | if while running Sync LotW QSLs a new band-country or mode-country is confirmed, display a submission reminder if the "Display DXCC Submission reminder" box is checked | |||||||||||
389 | changing a logged QSO's DXCC prefix in the Main window should automatically perform a new "lookup" and update the Continent, CQ Zone, ITU zone, state, province, Iota tag, gridsquare, etc. | |||||||||||
398 | option to accept additional information from imported duplicates | |||||||||||
410 | update Log Page Display control to current version | |||||||||||
419 | automate the log restore operation | |||||||||||
424 | if the imported record does not include a DXCC (country code), state, province, CQ zone, or ITU zone tag but does include an ARRL section tag, attempt to determine the missing information from the ARRL section and callsign | |||||||||||
447 | optional way to visually distinguish QSOs made on different days (in the Log Page display) | |||||||||||
449 | add a Prev button to the Print Preview window | |||||||||||
451 | extract previous QSO information during a DDE query in "entity" mode | |||||||||||
456 | when creating a QSL Queue entry, store a bookmark to the logged QSO; dereference this bookmark in Update Log and Clear QSL Queue to improve performance | |||||||||||
457 | ability to sort the myQTH table | |||||||||||
463 | if "check duplicates" is unchecked, verify that the first QSO being imported isn't an exact duplicate; if it is, ask the user whether the operation should continue | |||||||||||
470 | provide an ADIF audit trail -- append ADIF for each QSO to a specified file, close the file, and re-open the file after each QSO is logged | |||||||||||
475 | ability to control which QSL pages are printed | |||||||||||
476 | When a
valid callsign C is entered into a QSO's Via item in either
the Main or Capture windows, DXKeeper searches the log in
reverse chronological order hunting for a QSO whose Via item
contains C and whose Address item contains non-empty text A.
On finding such a QSO, the original QSO's Address item is set
to A.
Be able to invoke this from the Address editor when working in the QSL Queue |
|||||||||||
479 | CTRL-Save in the Address Editor should search the Log Page Display or QSL Queue (depending on where it was invoked) for previous QSOs with the same base callsign or the same QSL Manager and offer to update the address of each; a previous QSO already contains an address, ask the user whether to retain it or overwrite it with the new address | |||||||||||
480 | add "deleted only" choice to the Award Progress panel on the Main window's Check Progress tab | |||||||||||
488 | provide the option for the "Add Needed" to generate an outgoing QSL card for any QSO that is needed and unconfirmed | |||||||||||
489 | If confirmation is needed for any of the QSOs on the label, the bottom message is "pse QSL!"; if confirmation is needed for none of the QSOs on the label, the bottom message is "tnx QSL!" or "tnx QSLs!" as a function of the number of QSOs on the label. | |||||||||||
497 | flag any QSO whose QSL via Bureau box is checked if that QSO's DXCC entity cannot be QSL'd via the bureau (per the augmented DXCC database) | |||||||||||
498 | ability to specify different default QSL messages for hardcopy, eQSL, and LotW QSLs | |||||||||||
505 | accept a command line argument that specifies a log filename | |||||||||||
506 | optionally display and accept frequencies in kilohertz | |||||||||||
508 | when printing QSL cards or labels, optionally display the common printer dialog so that the user can change the printer selection and/or print quality "on the fly" | |||||||||||
515 | expand WAS report to include by-band and by-mode tables, and generate HTML with appropriate hyperlinks | |||||||||||
523 | allow the confirmation line in QSL cards and labels to be user specified (requires substitution commands) | |||||||||||
538 | provide a means of flagging all QSOs with bad calls | |||||||||||
539 | reset
the eQSL and LotW status (to 'R' if the "initialize
eQSL/LotW_Sent to 'R' for each QSO" is set) if the QSO's call,
begin (date or time > 30 minutes), mode, band, or "call
used" is edited after it has been uploaded; provide the option
for the user to confirm this reset |
|||||||||||
540 | generalize the "Add Needed requests all QSOs" option to apply to "Add Requested" as well | |||||||||||
542 | if "optimize for realtime entry" is checked, change the Main window's background color | |||||||||||
543 | provide the ability to specify the color of the station's callsign in the confirmation line | |||||||||||
566 | after executing a UTC "range" filter, position the Log Page Display so that the QSO closest to the center of the range is selected | |||||||||||
570 | locate QSOs for the same callsign (using the VIA callsign > where present) with different addresses attached to them | |||||||||||
576 | provide an operation that updates the Iota tags of all selected QSOs by checking the DXCC database | |||||||||||
580 | when determining whether the current screen is large enough to display a Main window panel in a multi-monitor environment, check the size of the current virtual screen: http://www.vbaccelerator.com/home/VB/Tips/Working_with_Multiple_Monitors/article.asp | |||||||||||
587 | provide the ability to define new award programs, track submission and verification status for each, report progress, and remove award programs from the set being tracked | |||||||||||
591 | when updating QSL Queue entries to propagate changes made in the Address Editor, first filter the QSL Queue for matching callsigns, rather than check every QSO on the QSL Queue | |||||||||||
616 | Since deleted entities count for neither the DXCC Challenge nor the TopList award programs, an automatically generated submission should seek only one phone, one CW and one RTTY verification for each deleted entity | |||||||||||
620 | On the Config window's General tab, allow the user to define multiple Operator callsigns and select between them | |||||||||||
621 | accelerate eQSL sync (exploit chronological order of eQSLs and Log recordset) | |||||||||||
625 | Any QSL Queue entry whose Callsign or Via item maps to a DXCC entity without a QSL Bureau should be flagged | |||||||||||
630 | Option to set QSL_Sent to 'H', which causes Add Needed and Add Requested to ignore the QSO | |||||||||||
645 | MY_STATE should be limited to a 2-character abbreviation; provide a means of specifying the full state/province name and an associated substitution command | |||||||||||
651 | add SSTV to the Progress table | |||||||||||
653 | during entry or import, flag IOTA, CQ Zone, ITU Zone, or Continent items containing invalid data (defer until user-defined fields are implemented) | |||||||||||
656 | ability to lookup address information for US stations from the FCC web site | |||||||||||
657 | report all QSOs whose Callsign-to-DXCC-entity mapping doesn't match its logged DXCC entity | |||||||||||
659 | ability to filter the QSL Queue (e.g. VIA=BUREAU) | |||||||||||
668 | allow the user to specify label format via substitution commands | |||||||||||
674 | CTRL-CFM performs a confirm operation on all QSOs in the Log Page Display after requesting confirmation | |||||||||||
675 | when Add Needed finds multiple unconfirmed QSOs that could produce a needed confirmation, provide the option to let the user choose which QSO is selected | |||||||||||
676 | provide an option to generate text reports in HTML | |||||||||||
683 | when a DX stations' QSOs will be printed on multiple QSL labels, distribute the QSOs evenly rather than N full labels and N-1 partial labels. | |||||||||||
690 | allow user to specify frequency display format | |||||||||||
693 | if the full name of a state or province appears in the QTH field for USA or Canadian QSOs respectively, set the STATE or PROVINCE item accordingly | |||||||||||
694 | provide options for AddNeeded to enqueue *all* unrequested and unconfirmed or just all unconfirmed entities/entity-bands/entity-modes; a QSO whose confirmation has already been requested would not be enqueued) | |||||||||||
700 |
Improved Maidenhead field support
|
|||||||||||
705 | Provide a Boolean "verification" field for each field that captures award tags, including all user-defined text fields . To save space, the state of an award field's verification could be indicated by, say, underlining its caption if its verified. Changing the state of an award field's verification could be accomplished by right-clicking it and choosing "unverified" or "verified" in a popup menu. This would allow "Worked all..." reports to show worked/confirmed/verified status for each award, including those tracked by user-defined items. From an ADIF import/export perspective, the verification tags would all begin with APP_DXKEEPER. | |||||||||||
715 | ability to single-step or abort script execution | |||||||||||
718 | provide the ability to scan the log, identifying QSOs whose CQ zone, ITU zone, IOTA-tag, Grid Square, State, Country, Province, or ARRL section are inconsistent with their DXCC entity | |||||||||||
738 | define a CTRL-key shortcut that when struck plays a .wav file associated with the currently-active textbox | |||||||||||
739 | after 738 is implemented, make the Filter panel textbox receive focus by default unless the New button has been clicked | |||||||||||
741 | The sort order for QSL cards or labels should be the DX callsign if the QSL manager's callsign is not included on the card or label. | |||||||||||
779 | option for aging report to place expired QSOs back in QSL Queue | |||||||||||
796 | manage LotW zombies | |||||||||||
797 | provide optional journaling of QSOs to an ADIF file | |||||||||||
806 | provide a means to filter the Log Page Display by "deleted" or "not deleted" | |||||||||||
821 | provide the ability to change font and background colors, in the log grid and log panels, with the ability to have alternating colors in the log grid | |||||||||||
823 | provide the ability to specify a windows command to be executed on termination after the log has been closed | |||||||||||
825 | provide the ability to Log the capture window data, Clear the capture window data, generate a cluster spot, and generate a local from within Commander's Bandspread window, preferably with a small popup window that appears at the cursor position, and that can be configured to remain until dismissed | |||||||||||
830 | specify an application to run when DXKeeper terminates | |||||||||||
831 | create a Reports tab on the Config window | |||||||||||
832 | create a CQ Field report that considers only QSOs dated 1980-1-1 and later | |||||||||||
833 | add a Needed field whose value is Y if the QSO's confirmation is needed for entity, entity-band, or entity-mode; DXLogModule.Update progress must update all other QSOs with the same entity | |||||||||||
838 | ability to sort Progress Table by DXCC entity to facilitate reconciliation with DXCC reports | |||||||||||
839 | save the Log Page Display's row height between operating sessions | |||||||||||
843 | when
QSLing via an ADIF or tab-delimited file, set each QSO's
QSL_SENT item to 'P' (for 'printing'). Provide operations that
|
|||||||||||
846 | if the mouse cursor hovers over the Main window's IOTA textbox, display a tooltip that displays the Island name | |||||||||||
849 | automatically determine whether the PC is connected to the internet (see TestConnect prototype) | |||||||||||
850 | when loading a log, initialize the Default Station Callsign from a setting stored in that log | |||||||||||
851 | add an Unconfirmable progress status X for entities, entity-bands, and entity modes that is set when all logged QSOs have a QSL_RCVD and LOTW_QSL_RCVD set to X (and eQSL_QSL_RCVD if "include eQSL..." is enabled) | |||||||||||
852 | in contest mode, differentiate between duplicates on the same band (red) and duplicates on different bands (blue) | |||||||||||
854 | in contest mode, entering a callsign in the Capture window and striking the Tab key should not clear the TX# | |||||||||||
855 | modifying a QSO after the fact should not change its date/time | |||||||||||
857 | callsign table that captures notes associate with each callsign | |||||||||||
859 | provide an option to hide the Aux panel's QSO# item | |||||||||||
864 | with a callsign, frequency, and mode specified in the Capture window, striking the Enter key in the call textbox should indicate whether working the station would provide a new means of confirming an unworked and desired entity, entity-band, or entity-mode | |||||||||||
867 | provide the ability to switch the QSL Via panel between cards or labels, LotW, and eQSL.cc without clearing and repopulating the QSO Queue; consider doing this by providing the ability to filter the Log Page Display to contain only QSOs present in the QSL Queue | |||||||||||
872 | provide the option to display frequencies in kilohertz | |||||||||||
875 | move the default QSL_MSG to the QSL Config window | |||||||||||
884 | add PAS and SAS to the VUCC progress report | |||||||||||
890 | provide the option to highlight alternate rows in the Log Page Display, with control over color and font | |||||||||||
891 | provide the option to use band instead of frequency when checking for duplicates during import | |||||||||||
900 | provide the option to sort generated QSLs in order of "date and time received" for DXpeditioners and QSL managers wanting outgoing cards printed in the order their incoming cards (and envelopes) were processed | |||||||||||
905 | to support access to multiple LotW and eQSL.cc accounts, display a window that captures a username and password if an LotW username or password is not specified; provide a box that when checked saved the specified username and password for future use. (for eQSL, use DownloadADIF.cfm parameters per 2006-08-04 email) | |||||||||||
909 | maintain an optional "ADIF audit file", to which it would append an ADIF record of each QSO as it was logged. The location of this audit file would be user-specified. | |||||||||||
913 | provide
a means to tracking
|
|||||||||||
914 | provide the option of making the last line on a 3-column label be the QSL message | |||||||||||
915 | JARTS
Cabrillo support:
http://www.edsoftz.com/JARTS/2006/cabrillo.html |
|||||||||||
917 | produce a WAZ report showing matrix of the 40 zones on one axis and the bands on the other matrix | |||||||||||
920 | accept DDE messages that populate Capture window textboxes and selectors | |||||||||||
924 | the QSL queue should remember the operator's specified sort order, column widths, and column order across operating sessions and QSL operations | |||||||||||
927 | when performing a previous QSO search, make the "last first name" available to the external application that initiated the search | |||||||||||
928 | provide the option to separately specify the font metrics for an envelope's and return address and address, and an envelope label's address. | |||||||||||
944 | provide the option to check a callsign against SpotCollector's "Special Callsign List", color coding the Capture window's Callsign textbox accordingly and returning this information to WinWarbler | |||||||||||
945 | provide the option to automatically generate a local spot of each logged station | |||||||||||
946 | Instead of graying out the other QSL Mode options when the QSL Queue is populated, leave them enabled, but display a "you must first clear the QSL Queue" message if the user attempts to change modes with the QSL Queue non-empty. | |||||||||||
950 | provide a new entry in the menu that appears when right-clicking in DXKeeper's Log Page Display that displays a small window bearing a band/mode progress display populated by the QSOs are present in the Log Page Display | |||||||||||
952 | provide an SQL query generator | |||||||||||
953 | ability to generate SWL confirmations via eQSL.cc | |||||||||||
954 | option to print each address label twice (once to address main envelope, once as return address on SASE) | |||||||||||
956 | do not upload to LotW or eQSL.cc any QSO whose QSL_RCVD, LOTW_QSL_RCVD, or EQSL_QSL_RCVD item is set to 'I' | |||||||||||
959 | color code the Capture window callsign according to need using colors defined in SpotCollector | |||||||||||
965 | extend the mode filter to isolate PSK-125 QSOs | |||||||||||
967 | preprocess
<BANDFILTER> |
|||||||||||
969 | when performing a SyncLotWQSL operation in which discrepancies will be resolved by either preserving the log data or overwriting the log data with LotW data, create a report detailing each discrepancy and its resolution | |||||||||||
971 | expand the gridsquare progress reports to show Verified as well as Confirmed statistics | |||||||||||
973 | provide the ability to specify "missing quadrants" when printing QSL cards, just as one can specify missing labels when printing QSL labels | |||||||||||
975 | if the user changes the DXCC entity of a logged QSO, ask whether the CQ zone, ITU zone, lat/lon, Continent, and IOTA tag should also be updated | |||||||||||
976 | provide a right-click menu option to generate a print preview of a QSL card | |||||||||||
980 | if QSL_SENT_VIA is set to 'B', optimize QSL card and Label formats for buro processing by placing the "DX callsign via Manager callsign" on the top line | |||||||||||
982 | provide the option of specifying STATION_CALLSIGN in each my QTH | |||||||||||
983 | add
entries to the Log Page Display's right-mouse menu:
- show previous QSOs with (callsign of the
selected QSO) |
|||||||||||
984 | Clicking the CFM button in the QSL panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab for a QSO whose entity-band and entity-mode are are either Submitted or Verified but not both verified results in the message "This QSL card confirms an unverified entity-band and/or entity-mode already submitted to the DXCC desk" | |||||||||||
988 | provide he ability to display the QSL message at the bottom of a 3-column QSL label, and still have up to 3 QSO's confirmed on the same label | |||||||||||
1006 | enable specification of the format of QSL dates shown on the Main window's Log QSOs tab - or just use the Windows default | |||||||||||
1009 | support <fieldname,#> where # is word number in Modify QSOs panel and scripts | |||||||||||
1010 | when displaying an additional panel on the Main window's Log QSOs tab would result in the Main window consuming more than the available screen space, provide a better response than the current one | |||||||||||
1011 | convert Auxiliary panel Select selector to a checkbox | |||||||||||
1012 | add the ability to select or deselect a QSO to the Log Page Display right mouse menu | |||||||||||
1013 | add the choice of M (for Manager) for QSL_SENT_VIA and QSL_RCVD_VIA | |||||||||||
1017 | DDE or UDP mechanism to populate the Capture window with QSO info | |||||||||||
1019 | with Contest Mode enabled, configure the Capture window layout in a manner optimal for contesting | |||||||||||
1025 | allow the user to specify a default Log Page Display filter that would be applied whenever the user performs an action that in the current implementation would reset the Log Page Display filter | |||||||||||
1040 | optionally
maintain date&time-stamped copies of the ADIF files downloaded from LotW in response to "Sync LotW QSLs" operations in an "LotW Archives" folder |
|||||||||||
1044 | add a new "non-realtime Capture" window that makes it easier to quickly enter QSO data from a paper logbook | |||||||||||
1045 | provide a "current entities only" option in the "DXCC Submission" panel on the Config window's Awards tab | |||||||||||
1055 | allow "Optimize for realtime QSO entry" to be disabled without disabling Contest Mode | |||||||||||
1058 | initialize MY_RIG from Commander's current transceiver name | |||||||||||
1059 | provide option to specify multiple eQSL usernames and choose from a selector | |||||||||||
1061 | harvest information when importing from a duplicate QSO | |||||||||||
1062 | provide
a "buro preference" option that when enabled
|
|||||||||||
1082 | SHIFT-ENTER in the Main or Capture window's Call textbox should glean information about this callsign as you from previous QSOs, the DXCC database, and the callbook (if present) and use that information to populate any items that are either empty or could change as a result of a callsign change | |||||||||||
1084 | provide the option to include a captured grid square in outgoing spot notes | |||||||||||
1085 | provide a progress indicator for the "Update LotW Membership" function | |||||||||||
1087 | expand the WPX report to list the prefix, callsign, worked/confirmed status, and mode for each worked/confirmed prefix | |||||||||||
add
additional award objective checkboxes to the DXCC/Top panel in
the Config window's Awards tab:
convey this information to SpotCollector, and extend the Add Needed function to take it into account |
||||||||||||
1089 | if the Capture or Main window's DXCC selector is set manually, update the QSO's CQ, ITU, Continent, and IOTA tags if they are unambiguous | |||||||||||
1090 | when opening a database whose pathname is hardwired, check for a .accdb prefix if the .mdb prefix is not found | |||||||||||
1092 | provide a "recover log from LotW" option | |||||||||||
1093 | add optional start and end dates to each myQTH, and flag a QSO as broken if its start or end date falls outside the range specified by its assigned myQTH | |||||||||||
1099 | only initialize a new QSO's satellite name and mode from the specified defaults if its Propagation mode is set to SAT, and provide a Propagation Mode selector in the Capture window | |||||||||||
1105 | Provide
a means of changing the Buro/Direct selection on multiple QSL
Queue items simultaneously
|
|||||||||||
1106 | provide the ability to specify a value to which QSL_RCVD_VIA is set when the CFM button is clicked | |||||||||||
1107 | extend the Recompute function to generate a report showing the user's DXCC award progress chronologically (similar to an import progress report) | |||||||||||
1109 | provide the ability to generate LotW location information from the QSO's 'my QTH' | |||||||||||
1127 | add an Antenna item to Details panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab | |||||||||||
1130 | consider the use of drop-down selectors that incrementally filter the remaining choices based on what's been typed so far | |||||||||||
1134 | compute and display bandpoints in the WAE progress report | |||||||||||
1147 | Operations that add QSLs to the QSL Queue should display the number of unique callsigns in the QSL Queue | |||||||||||
1147 | extend the "Allow direct Subdivision entry" option apply to the Capture window | |||||||||||
1156 | extend
the script mechanism to include queries on entity progress
|
|||||||||||
1166 | provide an import option that when enabled checks each imported QSO for previous QSOs and populates the imported QSO with information harvested from those previous QSOs | |||||||||||
1171 | replace the use of MsgBox with a Notification window that is "always on top" and remembers its position between operating sessions | |||||||||||
1177 | when saving a modified address using the Address Editor that was invoked from the QSL Queue, check for other QSOs in the QSL Queue with the same QSL Manager and offer to update their address as well | |||||||||||
1188 | Global QSL support: don't add "via buro" cards to QSL Queue if the callsign or QSL_Via callsign is from a country without a QSL bureau: http://www.iaru.org/iaruqsl.html - The only exceptions are FM,FG,FY and FH. These countries have no qsl bureau but the REF forwards the cards for them. | |||||||||||
1204 | when manually setting a QSO's DXCC entity, set its continent, WPX, CQ Zone, and ITU zone (if not already specified and unambiguous) | |||||||||||
1219 | expand the DXCC progress table to track confirmation by card and by LotW for each entity | |||||||||||
1273 | provide the option to include times in the filenames of generated reports | |||||||||||
1294 | add a QSL Information item that is propagated to the QSL Queue, printed in the Address Report, and modifiable via the Address Editor | |||||||||||
1298 | provide a tabular display of award progress for previous QSOs with a station | |||||||||||
1300 | provide a Modify QSOs and Scripts option that zero-extends a specified user-defined field to a specified number of digits so that user-defined fields containing numeric data will sort correctly | |||||||||||
1301 | provide the option to assume that LotW Station Location names are of the form QTHID-StationCallsign, modify the "Add Requested" operation with the "QSL Via" panel set to "LotW" to ignore QSOs whose QTH-StationCallsign doesn't match the currently-selected Station Location, and allow the Station Location to be selected from the Main window's QSL tab | |||||||||||
1311 | Add fields for CHECK, PRECEDENCE, and CLASS to the Main window's Contest panel | |||||||||||
1334 | before performing an upgrade that requires the QSL Queue to be emptied, inform the user and provide the option to terminate before upgrading the log | |||||||||||
1375 | expand the width of the Callsign field from 13 to 16 | |||||||||||
1376 | when resolving an LotW conflict results in a change in State, change the ARRL section if it's unambiguously determinable from the new State, or prompt the user to specify the ARRL section | |||||||||||
1377 | provide the ability to specify the date format in DXKeeper independently of the Windows Control Panel setting | |||||||||||
1378 | extend the WAZ Progress Report to show submission statistics | |||||||||||
1396 | extend the IOTA database with one table for each DXCC entity with IOTA tags, and then convert the IOTA boxes in the Capture window and Main window's "Log QSOs" tab to selectors when a QSO specifies a DXCC entity | |||||||||||
1442 | provide a "no dup band-modes" option for "Add Needed" | |||||||||||
1465 | allow QSL label configurations to be read from and saved to a file in DXKeeper's Label folder, and encourage users to upload label configuration files to a folder in the DXLab reflector's Files area | |||||||||||
1492 | provide realtime DXCC award tracking for Satellites | |||||||||||
1496 | display a QSO's QSL message on the bottom of a 3-column label if the "confirm multiple QSOs per QSL" option is disabled | |||||||||||
1500 | provide a document viewer that identifies and highlights needed callsigns | |||||||||||
1511 | log 6-character grid squares returned by a DXCC database lookup (requires DXView enhancement #256) | |||||||||||
1514 | when Contest Mode is enabled, lookup and harvest information from all previous QSOs, and inspect results to locate contest dups | |||||||||||
1561 | provide the ability to import a file via a script command | |||||||||||
1578 | provide an option to automatically populate the QSO entry window from Bandspread window with the call when tuning the band | |||||||||||
1586 | extend "Sync LotW QSLs" to display a window showing the logged QSOs current items and the information reported by LotW before prompting the user to choose between the logged QSO and the LotW-reported information for an individual item. | |||||||||||
1587 |
when performing a callbook update, - don't populate STATE with information inconsistent with DXCCID - don't populate CNTY with information inconsistent with STATE |
|||||||||||
1591 | Provide a more visible way to indicate that an item's label is underlined, drawing cursor focus to that item | |||||||||||
1593 | provide the ability to vet callsigns against a "Supercheck Partial" database provided by DXKeeper and derived from ClubLog (requires DXView enhancement 259) | |||||||||||
1594 | when generating an ADIF file for submission via "Online DXCC", sort it in ascending order of callsign (with QSOs confirmed on the same QSL card adjacent) | |||||||||||
1598 | provide the option to generate the WAZ Award Progress Report in a folder containing multiple .htm files, one for each section so they can be independently printed | |||||||||||
1600 | when uploading to LotW, automatically select the appropriate "LotW Station Location" based on each QSO's "station callsign" and MyQTH | |||||||||||
1604 | provide a means of specifying an eQSL nickname and password for each station callsign | |||||||||||
1650 | provide the ability to automatically upload QSOs to HRDLog | |||||||||||
1678 | when performing a "Sync LotW QSLs" operation, suppress CQ zone and Marathon Zone recomputation, keep track of any zones requiring recomputation, and recompute zones requiring recomputation once after synchronization is complete | |||||||||||
1680 | add SIG and SIG_INFO to DXKeeper's Capture window | |||||||||||
1703 | add a RTTY-only category to DXCC realtime award tracking | |||||||||||
1715 | when printing QSL cards 4-up, provide settings to position where printing is placed within the card | |||||||||||
1737 | provide a means to specify a Callsign Certificate password to be used with each LotW Station Location | |||||||||||
1742 | provide the option to obtain transmit power from Commander (requires Commander enhancement #622 | |||||||||||
1782 | DARC WAG Cabrillo generation | |||||||||||
1803 | provide a mechanism that verifies that the selected Marathon Score Sheet version in B1 is correct | |||||||||||
1813 | provide the ability to automatically upload QSOs to QRZLog | |||||||||||
1863 | provide the option to generate a submission assembly report for DXCC, IOTA, VUCC, WAS, WAZ, and WPX without actually assembling a submission | |||||||||||
1875 | provide an ADIF Import option to update existing QSOs from the
information in an ADIF file:
|
|||||||||||
1876 | provide an ADIF Import option to query the Special Callsign database and insert tags into comment fields | |||||||||||
1889 | extend the Card Aging function to support the USA-CA award | |||||||||||
2013 | provide a submission generator for the Tara Digital award | |||||||||||
2019 | when importing an ADIF file, automatically define and assign "my QTHs" if enough information is present to do so | |||||||||||
2020 | with “Log Special Callsign tags” enabled, extend "Recompute" to update each QSO's Comment item with special callsign tags | |||||||||||
2021 | when resetting a WPX or DXCC or IOTA submission, shift to batch recompilation if more than 100 QSOs | |||||||||||
2040 | change the RX_Pwr item from an integer to a number, and extend the "Power Precision" setting to govern its appearance in the Log Page Display | |||||||||||
2060 | with Commander running, the Callsign Progress window should highlight the transceiver's current band and mode | |||||||||||
2092 | when changing the "style" of a user-defined item between alphanumeric and numeric, change the database field data type so that the field can be properly sorted | |||||||||||
2147 | provide the option to specify a callsign-to-value cross-reference file for each user-defined item that is used to populate the user-defined item with a value when a QSO is logged | |||||||||||
2191 | provide an operation that updates each QSO in the Log Page Display with information mined from previous QSOs with the same callsign | |||||||||||
2217 | maintain a "last eQSL Sync date" for each Nickname, and automatically switch when a new Nickname is specified | |||||||||||
2271 | Upgrade Canada Progress report to encompass all bands by province as is done for the WAS Progress report | |||||||||||
2272 | Provide an all-band Mexico Progress like the WAS Progress report | |||||||||||
2276 |
Extend the Marathon report generator to
set a QSO's Select item to 'Y' if it's included in a Marathon
Progress Report or Submission |
|||||||||||
2279 | provide the option to color-code the Capture window callsign using the colors defined in SpotCollector | |||||||||||
2280 | provide a "worked all US counties" report that provides a "county x band" matrix for each state | |||||||||||
2288 | support WAS band-mode endorsements as award objectives | |||||||||||
2292 | provide web-based access to award progress information | |||||||||||
2304 | track Club Log matches using this API: https://clublog.freshdesk.com/support/solutions/articles/175988-checking-for-log-matches | |||||||||||
2322 | support multiple callsign progress windows | |||||||||||
2326 | provide realtime award tracking for "RTTY only" | |||||||||||
2327 | provide realtime award tracking for a second user-specified digital mode award family | |||||||||||
2334 | update secondary subdivision database to reflect RDA changes announced in http://rdaward.org/press16_eng.txt | |||||||||||
2348 | add the option to display 3 columns of panels on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab | |||||||||||
2421 | provide a way to specify a myQTH to be used for Marathon | |||||||||||
2452 | generate an N1MM-style CONTACT UDP message when a new QSO is logged | |||||||||||
2483 | track state-band-mode progress for WAS | |||||||||||
2605 |
set
IOTA_verify = 'S' based on the IOTA Export.csv (download QSOs)
file: |
|||||||||||
2614 | enable the user to configure the positions of the sub-panels in the Main window's "Online QSL panel | |||||||||||
2618 | maintain a new "Realtime Award Tracking for DXCC confirmed by Club Log" table | |||||||||||
2624 | add SIG and SIGINFO items to the Capture Window | |||||||||||
2645 | add a Marathon check box to each myQTH (for remote operation) | |||||||||||
2646 | add HF and VHF categories to IOTA Realtime Award Tracking: https://www.iota-world.org/iota-directory/iota-programme-rules/awards-and-performance-listings/iota-programme-awards-and-performance-listings-2.html | |||||||||||
If you have questions or suggestions, please post them on the DXLab Discussion Group.